Edition ÄJ2017-1a Part no.moba.i.daimler.com/markets-smart/ece-row/baix/cars/...>> Owner's Manual...
216
>> Owner's Manual smart forfour
Transcript of Edition ÄJ2017-1a Part no.moba.i.daimler.com/markets-smart/ece-row/baix/cars/...>> Owner's Manual...
>> Owner's Manualsmart forfour
É4535843309}ËÍ
4535
8433
09
Ord
er n
o. 6
522
0220
02
Part
no.
453
584
33
09Ed
itio
n Ä
J201
7-1a
www.smart.com smart - A Daimler brand
É999103050RÆËÍ9 9 9 1 0 3 0 5 0 R
20
smar
t fo
rfou
r O
wn
er's
Man
ual
Publication details
Internet
Further information about smart vehiclesand about Daimler AG can be found on thefollowing websites:http://www.smart.comhttp://www.daimler.com
Editorial office
You are welcome to forward any queries orsuggestions you may have regarding thisOwner's Manual to the technical documen-tation team at the following address:Daimler AG, HPC: CAC, Customer Service,70546 Stuttgart, Germany©Daimler AG: not to be reprinted, translatedor otherwise reproduced, in whole or in part,without written permission from Daimler AG.
Vehicle manufacturer
Daimler AGMercedesstraße 13770327 StuttgartGermany
Symbols in the Owner's ManualThe following symbols are used in this Own-er's Manual:
G WARNING
Warning notes make you aware of dangerswhich could pose a threat to your health orlife, or to the health and life of others.
H Environmental note
Environmental notes provide you withinformation on environmentally awareactions or disposal.
! Notes on material damage alert you todangers that could lead to damage to yourvehicle.
i These symbols indicate useful instruc-tions or further information that could behelpful to you.
X Instructions that must be followed.
X Several consecutive symbols indicate aninstruction with several consecutive steps.
(Y page) Further information on a topic
YY A warning or an instruction that is con-tinued on the next page.Display text: Display text in the instru-ment cluster display, the smart Audio-Sys-tem or the smart Media-System.
As at 20.01.2017
About this Owner's ManualBefore you first drive off, read this Owner'sManual carefully and familiarise yourselfwith your vehicle. For your own safety and alonger vehicle life, follow the instructionsand warning notices in this manual. Disre-garding them may lead to damage to thevehicle or personal injury.This Owner's Manual provides informationon the most important functions of yourvehicle.The equipment or model designation of yourvehicle may vary according to:
RModelROrderRCountry variantRAvailabilityThe illustrations in this manual show a left-hand-drive vehicle. On right-hand-drivevehicles, the layout of components and con-trols differs accordingly.smart is constantly updating its vehicles tothe state of the art.smart therefore reserves the right to intro-duce changes in the following areas:
RDesignREquipmentRTechnical featuresTherefore, the description may differ fromyour vehicle in some cases.Integral parts of the vehicle include:
ROwner's ManualRService BookletREquipment-dependent SupplementsThese documents should be kept in the vehi-cle at all times. If you sell the vehicle, alwayspass all documents on to the new owner.Your Owner's Manuals:
Digital on the InternetThe Owner's Manual on the Internetprovides you with convenient access toall the information relevant to yourvehicle and multimedia system. It alsooffers helpful animations, excitingbackground information and a widevariety of search options.Digital as an appUsing the smart guides app, you can callup all of the information relevant to
your vehicle and multimedia systemonline on your phone or as a downloadregardless of the status of your networkconnection. Available for smartphonesor tablets.
QR codes for the smart guides app.
Apple® iOS
Android™
Please note that the smart guides app maynot currently be available in your country.
4535843309 É4535843309}ËÍ
Index ......................................................... 5
Introduction ........................................... 21Protecting the environment ................. 21smart genuine parts .............................. 21Warranty for the smart Audio-Sys-tem and smart Media-System .............. 22Vehicle equipment ................................. 22Operating safety .................................... 22QR codes for rescue card ....................... 25Data stored in the vehicle .................... 25Copyright information .......................... 27
At a glance .............................................. 28Cockpit .................................................... 28Multifunction steering wheel .............. 29Centre console with drawer .................. 30Overhead control panel ......................... 31Door control panel ................................. 32Displays shown in the instrumentcluster and the display ......................... 33
Safety ...................................................... 34Occupant safety ..................................... 34Children in the vehicle ......................... 40Pets in the vehicle ................................. 51Driving safely ........................................ 51
Entering and setting up ........................ 56Understanding functions of the key ... 56Opening the door ................................... 56Correct driver's seat position ............... 56Adjusting the seats ............................... 57Adjusting the steering wheel ............... 58Adjusting the mirrors ............................ 59Adjusting head restraints in therear compartment .................................. 60
Driving ..................................................... 62Running-in a new vehicle .................... 62Starting the engine ............................... 62Pulling away .......................................... 63Automatic start/stop system ................ 65Manual transmission ............................ 66
Automatic transmission ........................ 66Using the RACE START function(BRABUS 80 kW) ...................................... 69Using the turn signals .......................... 70Driving economically ............................ 70Braking correctly ................................... 74Driving on wet roads ............................. 74Winter driving ........................................ 74Lane Keeping Assist .............................. 75Cruise control and limiter .................... 76Refuelling ............................................... 77
Ensuring good visibility ........................ 80Switching on the lighting ..................... 80Adjusting the lighting .......................... 81Using the interior lighting ................... 82Using the windscreen wipers ............... 82Folding the sun visor to the side ......... 84
Feeling comfortable in the vehicleinterior .................................................... 85Locking and unlocking the doorsfrom the inside ....................................... 85Understanding the reversing fea-ture .......................................................... 86Opening and closing the windows ....... 86Opening and closing the folding top ... 87Operating the climate control sys-tem ........................................................... 88Switching the seat heating on andoff ............................................................. 91Using the accessories ........................... 91
Parking and getting out ........................ 96Parking .................................................... 96Using the parking aid ........................... 96Using the reversing camera ................. 97Locking the vehicle ............................... 98Priming and deactivating the anti-theft alarm system ................................ 99
Operating the on-board computer ..... 100Overview of the on-board computer .. 100Calling up displays .............................. 101Setting values ...................................... 103
2 Contents
Using the smart Audio-System ........... 105Operating and setting the smartAudio-System ....................................... 105Listening to the radio .......................... 107Using a mobile phone .......................... 109Operating external data storagemedia ..................................................... 111
Using the smart Media-System .......... 113Operating and setting up the smartMedia-System ...................................... 113Listening to the radio .......................... 117Using a mobile phone .......................... 119Connecting and operating externaldata storage media .............................. 123Viewing images .................................... 125Video playback ..................................... 126Using the navigation system ............. 126Managing apps ..................................... 135
Using online offerings ......................... 137Online access to the vehicle ............... 137Using smart "ready to" services ........ 137
Loading and stowing ............................ 139Stowing small objects ......................... 139Removing and fitting the rear shelf .. 140Stowing luggage and large objects ... 140Using lashing eyelets ......................... 141Enlarging the load compartment ....... 142
Maintenance and care .......................... 145Useful information ............................... 145Removing/fitting the subwoofer ........ 145Opening and closing the enginecompartment cover .............................. 145Opening and closing the servicecover ...................................................... 146Checking service products and top-ping up .................................................. 147Checking wheels and tyres ................. 150Changing a wheel ................................ 151Using the tyre pressure monitor ....... 155Checking the tyre pressures .............. 156Using winter tyres ............................... 157
Using snow chains ............................... 157Changing the window wiper blades .. 157Cleaning the vehicle ............................ 159Observing service due dates .............. 163Parking up the vehicle ........................ 163
Dealing with accidents and break-downs .................................................... 164Securing the vehicle in the event ofan accident or a breakdown ............... 164Removing the first-aid kit .................. 165Removing the fire extinguisher ......... 165Removing the vehicle tool tray .......... 165Sealing tyres using the TIREFIT kit .. 166Jump-starting and charging thebattery .................................................. 168Towing and tow-starting the vehi-cle .......................................................... 172Manually releasing the selectorlever lock .............................................. 174Replacing the bulbs ............................ 175Changing fuses ..................................... 177Replacing the key battery .................. 179Opening a door with the emergencyrelease ................................................... 179Locking the doors in an emergency .. 180Unlocking the tailgate with theemergency release ............................... 180
Practical advice .................................... 182Notes on display messages ................ 182Locking and unlocking ........................ 182Visibility, occupants, airbags ............ 184Engine, brakes, transmission ............. 186Driving safety systems ....................... 193Driver assistance systems .................. 198Battery, lights, heating ....................... 201smart Audio-System and smartMedia-System ...................................... 203
Technical data ...................................... 205Obtaining technical data .................... 205Reading vehicle data ........................... 205Service products .................................. 206Bulb types ............................................. 207Fuse allocation ..................................... 207
Contents 3
Radio type approvals for the tyrepressure monitors ................................ 209Installing two-way radios andmobile phones ...................................... 210
4 Contents
1, 2, 3 ...
12 V socketsee Socket (12 V)
A
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)Display message ............................ 193Function/notes ................................. 51Warning lamp (yellow) .................. 193
Active Brake AssistActivating or deactivating ............. 54Display message ............................ 199Forward collision warningfunction ............................................ 54Function/notes ................................. 53Important safety notes ................... 53Switching off/on (on-boardcomputer with colour display) ..... 104Switching on/off (on-boardcomputer with monochromedisplay) ........................................... 103
Adaptive brake lights ............................ 54Additives (engine oil) ........................... 149Additives (fuel) ....................................... 77Adjusting the headlamp range ............. 81Air conditioning
General notes ................................... 88Air distribution
Setting (automatic climate con-trol) .................................................... 89Setting (heating) .............................. 88
Air pressuresee Tyre pressure
Air ventsImportant safety notes ................... 90Setting ............................................... 90
Air ventssee Air vents
Air-recirculation modeActivating/deactivating (heat-ing) .................................................... 89Switching on/off (automaticclimate control) ................................ 90
AirbagEnabling and disabling thepassenger airbag* ........................... 43Installation locations ...................... 38
Limited protection ........................... 39Overview ........................................... 38PASSENGER AIR BAG indicatorlamps ................................................. 39
AirbagsFront airbag (driver, frontpassenger) ........................................ 38Kneebag ............................................ 38Protection provided ......................... 38Sidebag ............................................. 38Triggering ........................................ 35
AlarmAnti-theft alarm system ................. 99Switching off .................................... 99
AlertsSetting (Audio-System) ................ 108
Ambient lightingSetting the brightness .................. 104Switching on/off ............................ 104
Android Auto™Using ............................................... 122
Animalssee Pets in the vehicle
Anti-lock Braking Systemsee ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)
Anti-skid chainssee Snow chains
Anti-theft alarm systemPriming/deactivating ...................... 99Switching off the alarm .................. 99
AppsDisplaying/calling up ................... 136General notes ................................. 135Installing ........................................ 136
Aquaplaning ........................................... 74Ashtray .................................................... 92Audio-System
Connecting a mobile phone .......... 109Connecting Bluetooth® audiodevices ............................................ 112Connecting external audioequipment (AUX) ............................ 112Operating ........................................ 105Operating the radio ....................... 107Operating via the mobile phone .. 106Overview ......................................... 105Setting interruption for news ...... 108Setting the time ............................. 107
Index 5
Smartphone bracket ...................... 106System settings ............................. 106Troubleshooting ............................. 203Using external devices .................. 105Volume/sound settings ................. 107Warranty ........................................... 22
Authorised workshopsee Qualified specialist workshop
Automatic climate controlActivating/deactivating air-recirculation mode .......................... 90Cooling with air dehumidifica-tion .................................................... 90Demisting the rear window ............ 90Demisting the windscreen .............. 90Increasing/decreasing theblower speed .................................... 89Setting air distribution .................. 89Setting the temperature ................. 89Switching on/off .............................. 89Windows misted up ......................... 90
Automatic engine switch-off (auto-matic start/stop system) ....................... 65Automatic headlamp mode .................... 80Automatic start/stop system
Activating/deactivating ................. 66Automatic engine switch-off ......... 65General information ........................ 65
Automatic transmissionDisplay message ............................ 191Drive programs ................................ 67Emergency running mode ............. 192Engaging neutral ............................. 67Engaging reverse gear .................... 67Engaging the park position ............ 67Gearshift paddles ............................ 69Gearshift recommendation ............. 71Important safety notes ................... 66Kickdown .......................................... 67Malfunction (on-board com-puter with colour display) ............ 191Malfunction (on-board com-puter with monochrome dis-play) ................................................ 191Manual shifting ............................... 68Manually releasing the selectorlever lock ........................................ 174Pulling away .................................... 63
Starting the engine ......................... 62Transmission positions .................. 67
Automatic transmission emergencyrunning mode ....................................... 192AUX jack
Audio-System ................................. 105Media-System ................................ 113
B
BatteryDisplay message ............................ 201
Battery (key)Important safety notes ................. 179Replacing ........................................ 179
Battery (vehicle)Charging ......................................... 168Important safety notes ................. 168Jump starting ................................. 170
Belt tensionerActivation ......................................... 35
Belt warning ........................................... 37Blower speed
Increasing or decreasing (auto-matic climate control) ..................... 89Increasing/decreasing (heat-ing) .................................................... 88
Bluetooth®
Activating mobile phone(Audio-System) .............................. 109Activating the mobile phone(Media-System) .............................. 119Authorising function for mobilephone (Audio-System) .................. 109Connecting a device (Media-System) ........................................... 124Operating (Audio-System) ............ 112Switching on/off (Media-Sys-tem) ................................................. 119
Bonnet (front)see Service cover
BrakeEBD ..................................................... 55
Brake Assistsee Active Brake Assist
Brake fluidDisplay message ............................ 189
6 Index
Brake force distributionsee EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution)
Brake lampReplacing bulbs ............................. 176
Brake lampsAdaptive ............................................ 54Display message ............................ 201
BrakesABS ..................................................... 51Driving tips ...................................... 74Important safety notes ................... 74Parking brake ................................... 64Warning lamp ................................. 189
BrakingBraking on steep downhill gra-dients ................................................ 74Braking on wet road surfaces ........ 74Limited braking performanceon salt-treated roads ...................... 74
Breakdownsee Flat tyresee Towing away/tow-starting
C
Carsee Vehicle
Car wash (care) ..................................... 159Care
Automatic car wash ....................... 159Carpets ............................................ 163Cleaning the interior ..................... 161Display ............................................ 161Exhaust pipe ................................... 161Exterior ........................................... 159Exterior lighting ............................ 161Gear or selector lever .................... 162High-pressure cleaner .................. 159Interior ............................................ 161Notes ............................................... 159Paint ................................................ 161Plastic trim ..................................... 162Reversing camera .......................... 160Roof lining .............................. 161, 163Seat belt .......................................... 162Seat cover ....................................... 162Sensors ............................................ 160
Steering wheel ............................... 162Trim pieces ..................................... 163Washing by hand ........................... 159Wheels ............................................. 160Windows .......................................... 161Wiper blades ................................... 161
Cargo boxRemoving (rear seats) ................... 144
Central lockingAutomatic locking ............................ 85Locking/unlocking (key) ................. 98
Centre consoleOverview ........................................... 30
Changing the routeNavigation ...................................... 129
Child restraint systemSuitability of the seats forattaching belt-secured childrestraint systems ............................ 47Suitability of the seats forattaching ISOFIX child restraintsystems ............................................. 48
Child seatForward-facing restraint sys-tem ..................................................... 45i-Size ................................................. 41ISOFIX ................................................ 41On the front-passenger seat .......... 45Rearward-facing restraint sys-tem ..................................................... 45Recommendations ............................ 49Suitability of the seats for i-Size child restraint systems .......... 48Suitable positions ............................ 46Top Tether ........................................ 42
Child-proof locksImportant safety notes ................... 50Rear doors ......................................... 51
ChildrenRestraint systems ............................ 40
Cigarette lighter ..................................... 91Climate control
Automatic air conditioning ............ 89Heating ............................................. 88Setting the air vents ....................... 90
ClockSetting the time (Media-Sys-tem) ................................................. 115
Index 7
CockpitOverview ........................................... 28
Collision warningWarning lamp ................................. 198
COMAND displayCleaning .......................................... 161
Connectivity manager .......................... 136Controlling speed
see Cruise controlCoolant
Checking coolant level and top-ping up ............................................ 149Display message ............................ 188Important safety notes ................. 150Temperature gauge ....................... 102
Coolingsee Climate control
Cooling with air dehumidificationAutomatic climate control .............. 90
Copyright ................................................ 27Cornering light function ........................ 81Cover (front)
see Service coverCrosswind Assist ..................................... 55Cruise control
Activating ......................................... 77Buttons .............................................. 77Calling up the speed last stored .... 77Cancelling cruise control ................ 77Deactivating ..................................... 77Display message (colour dis-play) ................................................ 200Display message (monochromedisplay) ........................................... 200Function/notes ................................. 76General notes ................................... 76Important safety notes ................... 76Increasing/decreasing thespeed ................................................. 77Storing and maintaining cur-rent speed ......................................... 77
Cup holderCentre console ................................ 139Important safety notes ................. 139Rear compartment ......................... 140
Cup holdersee Cup holder
D
DAB radiosee Digital radio
DashboardAdditional instruments .................. 71
Dashboard clock ..................................... 71Data
see Technical dataData sharing
Managing ........................................ 136Data storage media
see External data storage mediaDaytime driving lights ........................... 80Dealership
see Qualified specialist workshopDeclarations of conformity .................... 23Diagnostics connection .......................... 24Digital radio
Audio-System ................................. 108Displaying services (Media-System) ........................................... 118EPG (Electronic ProgrammeGuide) (Media-System) ................. 118Frequency range (Audio-Sys-tem) ................................................. 108Intellitext™ (Media-System) ........ 118Introducing (Audio-System) ........ 108Media-System ................................ 117Setting interruption for news(Audio-System) .............................. 108Slide show (Media-System) .......... 118
Digital speedometerDisplaying ...................................... 104
Dipped-beam headlampsDriving abroad ................................. 82Replacing bulbs ............................. 175Switching on/off .............................. 80
DisplayColour .............................................. 101Monochrome ................................... 100
Display messageColour display ................................ 102
Display messagesGeneral information ...................... 182
Distance recorderMonochrome display ..................... 101
8 Index
Distance recordersee Trip meter
Distance warning functionDisplay message ............................ 199Function/notes ................................. 52Warning lamp ................................. 198
DoorAutomatic locking (switch) ............ 85Central locking/unlocking (key) .... 98Control panel .................................... 32Display message ............................ 183Emergency locking ........................ 180Emergency unlocking ................... 179Opening (from the inside) ............... 85Unlocking (key) ................................ 56
Double lock function .............................. 85Driver's door
see DoorDriver's seat
see SeatDriving abroad
Symmetrical dipped beam .............. 82Driving economically
Observing gearshift recom-mendations ....................................... 71
Driving safety systemActive Brake Assist .......................... 53Crosswind Assist .............................. 55Driving safety system limita-tions .................................................. 51EBD (electronic brake force dis-tribution) .......................................... 55
Driving safety systemsABS (Anti-lock Braking System) .... 51Adaptive brake lights ..................... 54Distance warning function ............. 52ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram) ................................................. 55ETS (Electronic Traction Sys-tem) ................................................... 55
Driving systemsCruise control ................................... 76Lane Keeping Assist ........................ 75RACE START ...................................... 69Speed limiter .................................... 76
Driving tipsAquaplaning ..................................... 74Brakes ................................................ 74
Downhill gradient ............................ 74Driving in winter ............................. 74Driving on flooded roads ................ 74Driving on wet roads ....................... 74Icy road surfaces ............................. 74Limited braking efficiency onsalted roads ...................................... 74Pulling away .................................... 63Running-in tips ............................... 62Symmetrical dipped beam .............. 82see Economical driving
E
EBD (electronic brake force distri-bution)
Function/notes ................................. 55Indicator lamp ................................ 193
eco scoreCalling up ......................................... 72Comparing the trip .......................... 73Display (colour display) ................. 72Display (monochrome display) ...... 72Evaluating the current trip ............ 72Function/notes ................................. 72Resetting data .................................. 73Saving the trip ................................. 73
Economical drivingeco score display ............................. 72General information ........................ 70
Electromagnetic compatibilityDeclaration of conformity ............... 24
Electronic Brake-force Distributionsee EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution)
Electronic Traction Systemsee ETS (Electronic Traction System)
Emergency releaseDriver's door ................................... 179
Emergency unlockingTailgate ........................................... 180Vehicle ............................................ 179
EngineAutomatic start/stop system .......... 65Display message ............................ 187Jump-starting ............................... 168Running irregularly ...................... 186Starting problems .......................... 186
Index 9
Starting the engine with the key .. 62Stopping ............................................ 96Tow-starting (vehicle) .................. 174Warning lamp (engine diagnos-tics) .................................................. 187
Engine compartment cover ................. 145Engine electronics
Notes ................................................. 22Problem (fault) ............................... 186
Engine oilAdditives ......................................... 149Checking the oil level .................... 148Display message ............................ 188Notes about oil grades .................. 206Topping up ..................................... 149Warning lamp ................................. 188
Engine oil additivessee Additives (engine oil)
Entering a destinationNavigation ...................................... 127
Environmental protectionReturning an end-of-life vehi-cle ...................................................... 21
EPG (Electronic Program Guide)Displaying (Audio-System) .......... 109
EPG (Electronic Programme Guide)Displaying (Media-System) .......... 118
ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)Crosswind Assist .............................. 55Display message ............................ 194General notes ................................... 55Important safety guidelines .......... 55Warning and indicator lamps ...... 194
ETS (Electronic Traction System) ......... 55Exhaust pipe
Cleaning .......................................... 161Exterior lighting
Cleaning .......................................... 161see Lights
Exterior mirrorsAdjusting .......................................... 60Out of position (troubleshoot-ing) .................................................. 184
External audio equipment (AUX)Connecting (Audio-System) ......... 112
External data carriersConnection (Media-System) ......... 124Operation (Media-System) ........... 124
External data storage mediaConnecting (Audio-System) ......... 105Operating (Audio-System) ............ 111
F
Factory settingsResetting (Media-System) ............ 115
FavouritesCreating (Media-System) .............. 117Managing (Media-System) ........... 117
Fire extinguisher .................................. 165First-aid kit .......................................... 165Fitting a wheel
Fitting a wheel ............................... 154Preparing the vehicle .................... 152Raising the vehicle ........................ 153Removing a wheel .......................... 153Securing the vehicle againstrolling away ................................... 164
Fitting/removingfront wheel arch cover .................. 176
Flat tyrePreparing the vehicle .................... 164TIREFIT kit ...................................... 166
Floormat .................................................. 92Foglamps
Switching on/off .............................. 81Folding top
Important safety notes ................... 87Operating .......................................... 87Problem (malfunction) .................. 183
FordingOn flooded roads .............................. 74
Forward collision warning functionFunction/notes ................................. 54
FrequenciesMobile phone .................................. 210Two-way radio ............................... 210
Front airbag ............................................ 38Front cover
see Service coverFront wheel arch
Fitting/removing the cover .......... 176Front-passenger front airbag deac-tivation system
PASSENGER AIR BAG indicatorlamps ................................................. 39
10 Index
Status indicator ............................... 39Frontal area cover
see Service coverFuel
Additives ........................................... 77Displaying the current con-sumption (colour display) ............ 102Displaying the current con-sumption (monochrome dis-play) ................................................ 101E10 ..................................................... 77Grade (petrol) ................................... 77Important safety notes ................... 77Problem (malfunction) .................. 187Refuelling ......................................... 78
Fuel filler flapOpening/closing ............................... 78Problem (malfunction) .................. 183
Fuel gauge ............................................. 100Fuel level
Gauge ............................................... 100Fuses
Allocation chart ............................. 207Before changing ............................. 178Dashboard fuse box ....................... 178Important safety notes ................. 177Opening the fuse box ..................... 178
G
Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts .............. 21Glove compartment .............................. 140
H
Hands-free systemsee Mobile phone
Hazard warning lampsSwitching on/off ............................ 164
Head restraintsAdjusting (rear) ............................... 60
Headlamp flasher ................................... 81Headlamps
see Automatic headlamp modeHeating
Activating/deactivating air-recirculation mode .......................... 89Demisting the rear window ............ 89Demisting the windscreen .............. 89
Increasing/decreasing theblower speed .................................... 88Misted up windows .......................... 89Setting the air distribution ............ 88Setting the temperature ................. 88Switching on/off .............................. 88see Climate control
Hinged windowsOpening/closing ............................... 87
Home addressEntering and saving ...................... 128
I
i-TrafficTraffic announcements ................. 119
i‑Size child seat securing systems ....... 41Ice warning
Warning lamp (colour display) .... 201Warning lamp (monochromedisplay) ........................................... 201
Ignition locksee Key positions
ImagePlayback (Media-System) ............. 125
Immobiliser ............................................. 99Indicator and warning lamp
Restraint system ............................ 185Indicator and warning lamps
Battery ............................................ 201Coolant ............................................ 188Engine diagnostics ........................ 187
Indicator lampssee Warning and indicator lamps
Instrument clusterOverview ........................................... 33Warning and indicator lamps ........ 33
Instrument cluster lightingSetting ............................................. 103
Intellitext™Setting (Media-System) ................ 118Switching on (Audio-System) ...... 109
Interior lighting ..................................... 82Adjusting the ambient lighting(colour display) ................................ 82Changing bulbs .............................. 177Setting the ambient lighting ....... 104Switching on/off .............................. 82
Index 11
Intermittent wipe ................................... 83ISOFIX child seat securing system ....... 41
J
JackUsing ............................................... 153
Jump start (engine)see Jump starting (engine)
Jump starting (engine) ........................ 168
K
KeyChanging the battery .................... 179Loss .................................................. 182Position in the ignition lock .......... 62Problem (malfunction) .................. 182Starting the engine ......................... 62
Key positions (ignition lock) ................. 62Keyboard
Adjusting (Media-System) ............ 115Kickdown ................................................. 67Kneebag ................................................... 38
L
Lampssee Warning and indicator lamps
Lane Keeping AssistActivating/deactivating ................. 76Function/information ...................... 75Warning lamp (colour display) .... 200Warning lamp (monochromedisplay) ........................................... 200
Lane recognition system (auto-matic)
see Lane Keeping AssistLanguage
Selecting (Media-System) ............ 115Language (on-board computer) .......... 104Lashing eyelets .................................... 141Licence plate lighting
Changing bulbs .............................. 177Light
see Replacing bulbsLighting
see Lights
LightsAutomatic headlamp mode ............. 80Cornering light function ................. 81Dipped-beam headlamps ................ 80Display message ............................ 202Driving abroad ................................. 82Foglamps .......................................... 81Hazard warning lamps .................. 164Headlamp flasher ............................ 81Headlamp range ............................... 81Light switch ..................................... 80Main-beam headlamps ................... 80Rear foglamp .................................... 81Setting the ambient lighting ....... 104Side lamps ........................................ 81Turn signals ..................................... 70see Interior lighting
LimiterCalling up the stored limitspeed ................................................. 77Cancelling ......................................... 77Deactivating ..................................... 77Display message (colour dis-play) ................................................ 200Exceeding the stored limitspeed ................................................. 76General notes ................................... 76Increasing or reducing thestored limit speed ............................ 77
Limiting the speedsee Speed limiter
Loading guidelines ............................... 140Locking
see Central lockingLocking (doors)
Automatic ......................................... 85Emergency locking ........................ 180From inside (central lockingbutton) .............................................. 85
Loudspeakersee Subwoofer
Lubricant additivessee Additives (engine oil)
Luggage compartment enlargement .. 142
M
M+S tyres (winter tyres) ...................... 157
12 Index
Main-beam headlampsReplacing bulbs ............................. 175Switching on/off .............................. 80
Making a callMedia-System ................................ 120
Manual transmissionDisplay message (colour dis-play) ................................................ 190Display message (monochromedisplay) ........................................... 190Engaging a gear ............................... 66Engaging reverse gear .................... 66Gear lever ......................................... 66Malfunction (on-board com-puter with colour display) ............ 191Malfunction (on-board com-puter with monochrome dis-play) ................................................ 191Pulling away .................................... 63Shift recommendation ..................... 71Shifting to neutral ........................... 66Starting the engine ......................... 62
Manually releasing the selectorlever lock (automatic transmission) ... 174Media-System
Adjusting the on-screen key-board ............................................... 115Buttons on the multifunctionsteering wheel ............................... 113Calling up menus ........................... 114Connectivity manager ................... 136Controls ........................................... 113Creating favourites ........................ 117Data connectivity .......................... 135Display settings ............................. 115eco score ........................................... 72Enabling data sharing .................. 136Home screen ................................... 114Image playback .............................. 125Installing apps ............................... 136Navigation menu ........................... 126Navigation system ......................... 126Operating the radio ....................... 117Overview ......................................... 113Problem solving ............................. 203Reversing camera ............................ 97Selecting the home screen dis-play ................................................. 115
Selecting the language ................. 115Setting the time ............................. 115Setting warning tones ................... 116Status and information ................. 115Switching on/off ............................ 114System menu .................................. 115System settings ............................. 115Video playback ............................... 126Volume/tone settings .................... 116Warranty ........................................... 22
Message memory (colour display) ...... 102MirrorLink™
Using ............................................... 121Mirrors
see Exterior mirrorssee Rear-view mirror
Mobile phoneConnecting (Audio-System) ......... 109Connecting (Media-System) ......... 119Downloading data automati-cally (Media-System) .................... 120Frequencies .................................... 210Installation ..................................... 210Loading and updating the tele-phone book (Audio-System) ......... 109Making a call (Media-System) ..... 120Setting the sound (Audio-Sys-tem) ................................................. 110Transmission output (maxi-mum) ................................................ 210Using Android Auto™ .................... 122Using MirrorLink™ ........................ 121Using voice control (Audio-System) ........................................... 111Using voice control (Media-System) ........................................... 123
Model seriessee Vehicle identification plate
Multi-functional seatsee Seat
Multifunction steering wheelOverview ........................................... 29
N
NavigationAlternative route ........................... 130Changing the route ........................ 129
Index 13
Current location ............................. 132Destination memory ...................... 128Entering a destination .................. 127Entering a destination byaddress ............................................ 127Entering a destination usinggeo-coordinates ............................. 128Entering a destination usingthe map ........................................... 127Entering a POI ................................ 128Entering/saving your homeaddress ............................................ 128Reading map data .......................... 126Route details .................................. 129Selecting a destination from thelist of last destinations ................. 128Setting route planning .................. 130Setting the voice ............................ 134Starting ........................................... 126Starting route calculation ............ 129Switching announcementson/off ............................................... 131System settings ............................. 134TomTom Services ........................... 133Traffic information ........................ 132Troubleshooting ............................. 203Way points ...................................... 130
Notes on running in a new vehicle ....... 62
O
Occupant safetyAirbags .............................................. 38Belt warning ..................................... 37Children in the vehicle ................... 40PASSENGER AIRBAG indicatorlamp ................................................... 39Pets in the vehicle ........................... 51Restraint system ............................. 34Restraint system warning lamp .... 34Seat belts .......................................... 35
Oilsee Engine oil
On-board computerCalling up displays (colour dis-play) ................................................ 101Calling up displays (mono-chrome display) ............................. 101
Important safety notes ................. 100Operation ........................................ 100Overview ......................................... 100Selecting the language ................. 104Setting and resetting values(colour display) .............................. 103Setting and resetting values(monochrome display) .................. 103
On-board diagnostics interfacesee Diagnostics connection
On-screen keyboardAdjusting (Media-System) ............ 115
Online access ........................................ 137Operating instructions
Vehicle equipment ........................... 22Operating safety
Declaration of conformity ............... 23Operating system
see On-board computerOutside temperature display
Colour display ................................ 101Monochrome display ..................... 100Setting the units ............................ 104
Overhead control panel ......................... 31Overrevving range ................................. 71
P
Paint code ............................................. 205Paintwork (cleaning instructions) ...... 161Panorama roof
Cleaning .......................................... 161Parking .................................................... 96
Engaging park position .................. 67Important safety notes ................... 96Parking aid ....................................... 96Parking brake ................................... 64Reversing camera ............................ 97
Parking brakeDisplay message ............................ 189General information ........................ 64Warning lamp ................................. 189
PASSENGER AIR BAGDisabling/activating ....................... 43Indicator lamps ................................ 39
Passenger airbagEnabling and disabling* ................. 43Problem (malfunction)* ................. 185
14 Index
Passenger seatFolding down .................................. 142
Petrol ....................................................... 77Pets in the vehicle ................................. 51Plastic trim (cleaning instructions) ... 162Power windows
see Side windowsProtection against theft
Anti-theft alarm system ................. 99Protection of the environment
General notes ................................... 21Pulling away
General notes ................................... 63Hill start assist ................................ 64
Q
QR codeRescue card ...................................... 25
Qualified specialist workshop ............... 24
R
RACE STARTActivating ......................................... 70important safety notes ................... 69
RadioDisplay mode .................................. 117Displaying programme infor-mation (EPG) (Audio-System) ....... 109i-Traffic (Traffic announce-ments) ............................................. 119Operating (Audio-System) ............ 107Operation (Media-System) ........... 117
Radio textDisplaying (Audio-System) .......... 108Displaying (Media-System) .......... 118
Radio type approvalsTyre pressure monitors ................. 209
Radio-based vehicle componentsDeclaration of conformity ............... 23
Rain sensor ............................................. 83Rain/light sensor (display message) .. 201Reading lamp .......................................... 82Readyspace seats ................................. 143Rear bench seat
Folding the backrest forwards/back ................................................. 142
Rear foglampReplacing bulbs ............................. 176Switching on/off .............................. 81
Rear lampReplacing bulbs ............................. 176
Rear parking aidActivating/deactivating ................. 97Function/notes ................................. 96
Rear seatAdjusting the angle of thebackrests ........................................ 143
Rear seatsee Rear bench seat
Rear seatsreadyspace seats ........................... 143Removing the cargo box ................ 144Rotating the seat cushions ........... 143
Rear shelf .............................................. 140Rear window heating
Demisting the rear window(automatic climate control) ............ 90Heating ............................................. 89
Rear window wiperAutomatic rear window wiperwhen in reverse gear ....................... 84Replacing the wiper blade ............ 158Switching on/off .............................. 83
Rear-compartment seat belt statusindicator .................................................. 37Rear-view mirror .................................... 59
Anti-dazzle mode (automatic) ....... 59Dipping (manual) ............................. 59
Recyclingsee Protection of the environment
RefuellingFuel filler flap .................................. 78Important safety notes ................... 77Refuelling process ........................... 78see Fuel
Remote configurationsmart control .................................. 137
Remote query functionssmart control .................................. 137
Replacing bulbsBrake lamp ...................................... 176Dipped-beam headlamps .............. 175Fitting/removing the cover(front wheel arch) .......................... 176
Index 15
Important safety notes ................. 175LED ................................................... 176Licence plate lighting ................... 177Main-beam headlamps ................. 175Overview of bulb types ................. 207Rear foglamp .................................. 176Rear lamp ........................................ 176Reversing lamp .............................. 176Turn signal lamp (rear) ................. 176see Changing bulbs
Replacing lampssee Changing bulbs
Replacing the bulbTurn signal lamp (front) ............... 176
Replacing the bulbsInterior lighting ............................ 177
Rescue card ............................................. 25Reserve fuel
Display message ............................ 187Restraint system
Display message ............................ 185Function during an accident .......... 35Limited protection ........................... 34Malfunction ...................................... 34Operational readiness ..................... 34Protection provided ......................... 34System self-test .............................. 34Warning lamp ................................. 185Warning lamp (function) ................ 34
Rev counter ............................................. 71Reverse gear
Engaging (automatic transmis-sion) ................................................... 67Engaging (manual transmis-sion) ................................................... 66
Reversing cameraCleaning instructions ................... 160Function/notes ................................. 97Guide lines in the display .............. 97Settings ............................................. 98Switching on/off .............................. 98
Reversing featureSide windows .................................... 86
Reversing lampReplacing bulbs ............................. 176
Roof lining and carpets (cleaninginstructions) ......................................... 163
S
SafetyChildren in the vehicle ................... 40see Occupant safetysee Operating safety
SD cardConnecting (Media-System) ......... 124Reading map data .......................... 126SD card slot ..................................... 113
SeatAdjusting rear head restraint ........ 60Correct driver's seat position ......... 56Folding passenger seat down ....... 142Folding the backrest (rear com-partment) forwards/back .............. 142
Seat beltLimited protection ........................... 36Protection provided ......................... 35
Seat beltsAdjusting the height ....................... 37Cleaning .......................................... 162Fastening .......................................... 37Rear seat belt status indicator ...... 37Releasing .......................................... 37Warning lamp ................................. 184Warning lamp (function) ................ 37
Seat cushionsRotating (rear seats) ..................... 143
Seat heating ............................................ 91Seats
Adjusting (manually) ...................... 57Cleaning the cover ......................... 162Important safety notes ................... 57Switching seat heating on/off ........ 91
Selector leverCleaning .......................................... 162
Sensors (cleaning instructions) .......... 160Service Centre
see Qualified specialist workshopService cover ........................................ 146Service display
Calling up (colour display) ........... 102Calling up (monochrome dis-play) ................................................ 101
Service due dateDisplay message ............................ 192
16 Index
Service productsBrake fluid ...................................... 206Coolant (engine) ............................. 150Engine oil ........................................ 206Fuel .................................................. 206Important safety notes ................. 147Washer fluid ................................... 206
Shift paddles ........................................... 69Shift recommendation ........................... 71Side lamps
Switching on/off .............................. 81Side windows
Important safety notes ................... 86Opening/closing ............................... 87Opening/closing the hingedwindow .............................................. 87Problem (malfunction) .................. 182Resetting ......................................... 182Reversing feature ............................ 86
Sidebag .................................................... 38smart Centre
see Qualified specialist workshopsmart control
Internet ........................................... 137smart Services
Registering ..................................... 137Using ............................................... 137
SmartphoneFitting the bracket ........................ 106Inserting/removing ....................... 106Operating the Audio-Systemvia the mobile phone ..................... 106
Smartphone ScreenSetting (Media -System) ............... 121
Snow chains .......................................... 157Socket (12 V)
Centre console .................................. 92Sound
Setting (Audio-System) ................ 107Setting (Media-System) ................ 116
Speakerssee Subwoofer
Special destinationEntry ............................................... 128
Specialist workshop ............................... 24Speed limiter
Activating ......................................... 77
Functions and conditions foractivation ......................................... 76Setting limit speed .......................... 77
SpeedometerDigital ............................................. 101Displaying (digital speedome-ter) ................................................... 104General notes (digital speed-ometer) ............................................ 103see Instrument cluster
Starting (engine) .................................... 62Starting the engine
see Starting (engine)Station
Selecting a stored station(Audio-System) .............................. 108Setting (Media-System) ................ 118
Station listSetting a station from the sta-tion list (Audio-System) ............... 108Updating (Media-System) ............ 119
Station searchAudio-System ................................. 108
StationsSetting (Audio-System) ................ 107Storing (Audio-System) ................ 108
SteeringDisplay message (colour dis-play) ................................................ 198Warning lamps ............................... 198
Steering wheelAdjusting (manually) ...................... 58Button overview ............................... 29Cleaning .......................................... 162Gearshift paddles ............................ 69Important safety notes ................... 58
Stowage compartmentsCentre console ................................ 139Cup holder ....................................... 139Door ................................................. 139Glove compartment ........................ 139Important safety information ...... 139Rear ................................................. 140Spectacles compartment ............... 139
SubwooferFitting/removing ........................... 145
Sun visor ................................................. 84
Index 17
T
Tablet bracketAffixing protective film .................. 94Dismantling ...................................... 95Important safety notes ................... 93Mounting .......................................... 94Using ................................................. 93
TailgateEmergency unlocking ................... 180Opening dimensions ...................... 205Opening/closing ............................. 141Warning lamp ................................. 183
Technical dataInformation .................................... 205Vehicle data .................................... 205
Telephone bookLoading (Audio-System) ............... 109
Telephone operationAudio-System ................................. 110
TemperatureCoolant (display in the on-board computer) ............................. 102Setting (automatic climate con-trol) .................................................... 89Setting (heating) .............................. 88
TimeSetting (Audio-System) ................ 107Setting (colour display) ................ 103Setting (monochrome display) ..... 103Setting the time format (colourdisplay) ........................................... 103
TIREFIT kit ............................................ 166TomTom Services
Activating ....................................... 133Introduction ................................... 133My Services menu .......................... 133Subscription status ....................... 133Traffic information menu ............. 133
Toolsee Vehicle tool kit
Top Tether .............................................. 42Total distance recorder
Colour display ................................ 102Monochrome display ..................... 100Setting the display unit ................ 104
TouchscreenConfirming settings with Done .... 115
Operating the touchscreen ........... 114Tow-starting
Emergency engine starting .......... 174Important safety notes ................. 172
TowingImportant safety notes ................. 172With the rear axle raised .............. 173
Towing awayFitting the towing eye .................. 173Removing the towing eye ............. 174With both axles on the ground ..... 173
Traffic reportsSwitching on/off ............................ 108
Transmissionsee Automatic transmissionsee Manual transmission
Transporting the vehicle ..................... 173Trip computer
Displaying ...................................... 102Trip meter
Colour display ................................ 102Displaying (colour display) .......... 102Displaying (monochrome dis-play) ................................................ 101
Trip metersee Trip meter
Turn signal lamp (front)Replacing the bulb ........................ 176
Turn signal lamp (rear)Replacing bulbs ............................. 176
Turn signalsReplacing the bulb ........................ 176Switching on/off .............................. 70
Turn signalssee Turn signals
Two-way radioFrequencies .................................... 210Installation ..................................... 210Transmission output (maxi-mum) ................................................ 210
Type identification platesee Vehicle identification plate
Tyre pressureChecking/correcting ...................... 156Display message ............................ 195Important safety notes ................. 156Not reached (TIREFIT) ................... 167Reached (TIREFIT) .......................... 167
18 Index
Recommended ................................ 156Tyre pressure monitor
Function/notes ............................... 155Radio type approval for the tyrepressure monitor ........................... 209Restarting ....................................... 155Starting ........................................... 104Warning lamp ................................. 195
TyresChanging a wheel .......................... 151Checking ......................................... 150Direction of rotation ...................... 154Important safety notes ................. 150M+S tyres (winter tyres) ............... 157Rules for new tyres ........................ 152Service life ...................................... 152Snow chains .................................... 157Storing ............................................ 155Tyre tread ....................................... 150see Flat tyre
U
Unit of measurement for distanceSetting ............................................. 104
UnitsSetting (on-board computer) ....... 104
UnlockingFrom inside the vehicle (centralunlocking button) ............................ 85With emergency key element ....... 179
USB deviceConnecting (Audio-System) ......... 111Connection (Media-System) ......... 124Operating (Audio-System) ............ 111
USB portAudio-System ................................. 105Media-System ................................ 113
V
ValuesSetting (colour display) ................ 103Setting (monochrome display) ..... 103
VehicleCorrect use ........................................ 25Data acquisition .............................. 25Electronics ........................................ 22Equipment ........................................ 22
Implied warranty ............................. 25Locking (in an emergency) ........... 180Locking (key) .................................... 98Operating safety .............................. 22Parking up ...................................... 163Raising ............................................ 153Registration ...................................... 24Remote configuration .................... 137Remote query functions ................ 137Securing from rolling away .......... 164Tow-starting .................................. 174Towing away .................................. 172Transporting .................................. 173Unlocking (in an emergency) ....... 179Unlocking (key) ................................ 56Vehicle data .................................... 205
Vehicle data .......................................... 205Vehicle dimensions .............................. 205Vehicle emergency locking ................. 180Vehicle identification number
see VINVehicle identification plate ................. 205Vehicle tool kit ..................................... 165Video
Playback (Media-System) ............. 126VIN ......................................................... 205Voice control system
Entering a destination in thenavigation system ......................... 127Problems with the voice controlsystem ............................................. 204Starting an application ................. 113
VolumeAdjusting automatically ............... 107Setting (Audio-System) ................ 107Setting (Media-System) ................ 116
W
Warning and indicator lampsABS ................................................... 193Active Brake Assist ........................ 199Automatic Start/Stop function(green) ............................................. 189Automatic Start/Stop function(yellow) ........................................... 189Brakes .............................................. 189Collision warning (red) ................. 198
Index 19
Distance warning function (red) .. 198EBD ................................................... 193ESP® (yellow) .................................. 194Lane Keeping Assist ...................... 200Oil pressure .................................... 188Overview ........................................... 33Parking brake ................................. 189PASSENGER AIR BAG ........................ 39PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF ................ 185Seat belt .......................................... 184Steering ........................................... 198Tyre pressure monitor .................. 195
Warning triangle .................................. 165Wheel bolt tightening torque .............. 154Wheels
Changing a wheel .......................... 151Checking ......................................... 150Cleaning .......................................... 160Fitting a new wheel ....................... 154Important safety notes ................. 150Removing a wheel .......................... 153Snow chains .................................... 157Storing ............................................ 155Tightening torque ......................... 154
WindowsCleaning .......................................... 161see Side windows
WindscreenDemisting (automatic climatecontrol) ............................................. 90Demisting (heating) ........................ 89
Windscreen washer fluidsee Windscreen washer system
Windscreen washer systemImportant safety notes ................. 150Topping up ..................................... 150
Windscreen wipersIntermittent wipe ............................ 83Problem (malfunction) .................. 184Rain sensor ....................................... 83Rear window wiper .......................... 83Replacing the wiper blades .......... 157Switching on/off .............................. 82Wiping with washer fluid ............... 83
Winter drivingGeneral notes ................................... 74
Winter operationSlippery road surfaces .................... 74
Snow chains .................................... 157Winter tyres
M+S tyres ........................................ 157Wiper blades
Cleaning .......................................... 161Replacing (on the rear window) ... 158Replacing (windscreen) ................ 158
Workshopsee Qualified specialist workshop
20 Index
Protecting the environment
General notes
H Environmental note
Daimler's declared policy is one of inte-grated environmental protection.
The objectives are for the natural resour-ces which form the basis of our existenceon this planet to be used sparingly and in amanner which takes the requirements ofboth nature and humanity into account.
You too can help to protect the environ-ment by operating your vehicle in an envi-ronmentally responsible manner.
Fuel consumption and the rate of engine,transmission, brake and tyre wear dependon the following factors:
Roperating conditions of your vehicle
Ryour personal driving style
You can influence both factors.
You should bear the following in mind:
Operating conditions
Ravoid short trips as these increase fuelconsumption.
Rmake sure that the tyre pressures arealways correct.
Rdo not carry any unnecessary weight.
Rkeep an eye on the vehicle's fuel con-sumption.
Rremove rear racks once you no longerneed them.
Ra regularly serviced vehicle will con-tribute to environmental protection. Youshould therefore adhere to the serviceintervals.
Ralways have maintenance work carriedout at a qualified specialist workshop,e.g. a smart Centre.
Personal driving style
Rdo not depress the accelerator pedalwhen starting the engine.
Rdo not warm up the engine with the vehi-cle stationary.
Rdrive carefully and maintain a safe dis-tance from the vehicle in front.
Ravoid frequent, sudden acceleration.
Rchange gear in good time, if possible inaccordance with the gearshift recom-mendations in the multifunction dis-play.
Rshift up to the next gear as early as pos-sible.
Rswitch off the engine in stationary traf-fic.
Returning an end-of-life vehicle
EU countries only:smart will take back your end-of-life vehiclefor environment-friendly disposal inaccordance with the European Union (EU)End-Of-Life Vehicles Directive.This makes an important contribution toclosing the recycling circle and conservingresources. A network of vehicle take-backpoints and dismantlers has been establishedfor you to return your vehicle. Returningvehicles to these facilities is free of charge.For further information about the recyclingand disposal of end-of-life vehicles, and thetake-back conditions, please visit thenational smart website for your country.
smart genuine parts
H Environmental note
Daimler AG also supplies reconditionedassemblies and parts which are of the samequality as new parts. For these, the samewarranty applies as for new parts.
! Airbags and seat belt tensioners, as wellas control units and sensors for theserestraint systems, may be installed in thefollowing areas of your vehicle:
RdoorsRdoor pillarsRdoor sillsRseatsRdashboard
>> Introduction. 21
Z
Rinstrument clusterRcentre consoleDo not install accessories such as audiosystems in these areas. Do not carry outrepairs or welding. You could impair theoperating efficiency of the restraint sys-tems.Have accessories retrofitted at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.
Only smart genuine parts or parts of the samequality may be used. In addition, onlyapproved wheels, tyres and accessories forthe particular type of vehicle may be used.Always specify the vehicle identificationnumber (VIN) when ordering smart genuineparts.Using parts, tyres, wheels or safety-relevantequipment not approved by smart couldjeopardise the operational safety of the vehi-cle. Safety-relevant systems, such as thebrake system, may malfunction.smart tests genuine parts and conversionparts and accessories that have been specif-ically approved for your vehicle for theirreliability, safety and suitability. Despiteongoing market research, smart is unable toassess other parts. smart therefore acceptsno responsibility for the use of such parts insmart vehicles, even if they have been offi-cially approved or independently approvedby a testing centre.In Germany, certain parts are only officiallyapproved for installation or modification ifthey comply with legal requirements. Thisalso applies to some other countries. All gen-uine smart parts meet the approval require-ments. The use of non-approved parts mayinvalidate the vehicle's general operatingpermit.The following situations will invalidate theoperating permit:
RThe vehicle type changes from that statedin the vehicle's operating permit, due tomodifications.ROther road users are likely to be endan-
gered.REmissions or noise characteristics deteri-
orate.
Warranty for the smart Audio-Systemand smart Media-System
The smart sales organisation provides a war-ranty for a period of 24 months without a kil-ometre limit for the smart Audio-System andthe smart Media-System.The warranty issuer is the respective salesorganisation in the country in which theaccessory or replacement part was pur-chased (see list in the service booklet).
Vehicle equipment
This Owner's Manual describes all modelsand all standard and optional equipmentavailable for the vehicle at the time of pub-lication of this Owner's Manual. Country-specific differences are possible. Please notethat the vehicle equipment may differ fromcertain descriptions and illustrations provi-ded in this manual. This is also the case forsystems and functions relevant to safety.The vehicle's original purchase contractdocumentation contains a list of all the sys-tems in your vehicle. Please contact anysmart centre to help clarify any questionsrelated to the vehicle equipment and opera-tion.
Operating safety
Important safety notes
G WARNING
If you do not have the prescribed service/maintenance work or necessary repairscarried out, this could result in malfunc-tions or system failures. There is a risk ofan accident.
Always have the prescribed service/main-tenance work as well as necessary repairscarried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.
G WARNING
Flammable material such as leaves, grassor twigs may ignite if they come into con-
22 >> Introduction.
tact with hot parts of the exhaust system.There is a risk of fire.
When driving off road or on unpaved roads,check the vehicle's underside regularly. Inparticular, remove parts of plants or otherflammable materials which have becometrapped. In the case of damage, contact aqualified specialist workshop.
G WARNING
If you operate information and communi-cation equipment integrated in the vehiclewhen driving, you could be distracted fromthe traffic situation. This could also causeyou to lose control of the vehicle. There is arisk of an accident.
Only operate this equipment when thetraffic situation permits. If you cannot besure of this, stop the vehicle paying atten-tion to road and traffic conditions andoperate the equipment with the vehiclestationary.
G WARNING
Modifications to electronic components,their software as well as wiring couldaffect their function and/or the operationof other networked components. This couldin particular also be the case for systemsrelevant to safety. They might not functionproperly anymore and/or jeopardise theoperational safety of the vehicle. There isan increased risk of an accident and injury.
Do not attempt to modify the wiring as wellas electronic components or their software.Always have work on electrical and elec-tronic components carried out at a quali-fied specialist workshop.
You must observe the legal requirements forthe country in which you are currently driv-ing when operating information systems andcommunication devices integrated into thevehicle:If you make any changes to the vehicle elec-tronics, the general operating permit is ren-dered invalid.
! There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if:
Rthe vehicle becomes stuck, e.g. on a highkerb or an unpaved roadRyou drive too quickly over an obstacle,
e.g. a kerb, slowing thresholds or a pot-hole in the roadRa heavy object strikes the underbody or
parts of the chassisIn situations like this, the body, under-body, chassis parts, wheels or tyres couldbe damaged without the damage beingvisible. Components damaged in this waycan unexpectedly fail or, in the case of anaccident, no longer withstand the strainthey are designed to withstand.If the underbody panelling is damaged,combustible materials such as leaves,grass or twigs can gather between theunderbody and the underbody panelling.If these materials come into contact withhot parts of the exhaust system, they cancatch fire.In such situations, have the vehiclechecked and repaired immediately at aqualified specialist workshop. If, on con-tinuing your journey, you notice that driv-ing safety is impaired, stop the vehicleimmediately, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions. In such cases, consult aqualified specialist workshop.
The multimedia device is equipped withtechnical provisions to protect it againsttheft. Further information is available fromany smart centre.The functionality of a roof aerial (radio, DAB)may be impaired if roof carriers are used.Metallised retrofit film on windows may alsoaffect radio and GPS reception and have anegative impact on all other aerial functionsin the vehicle interior.
Declarations of conformity
Wireless vehicle components
The following information applies to all com-ponents of the vehicle and the informationsystems and communication devices inte-grated into the vehicle which receive and/ortransmit radio waves:All wireless vehicle components as well asinformation systems and communications
>> Introduction. 23
Z
equipment integrated into the vehicle arecompliant with the basic requirements andall other relevant regulations stipulated inthe 1999/5/EC Directive. Further informationis available from any smart centre.
Electromagnetic compatibility
The electromagnetic compatibility of thevehicle components has been checked andcertified according to the currently validversion of Regulation ECE-R 10.
Diagnostics connection
The diagnostics connection is only intendedfor the connection of diagnostic equipmentat a qualified specialist workshop.
G WARNING
If you connect equipment to a diagnosticsconnection in the vehicle, it may affect theoperation of vehicle systems. As a result,the operating safety of the vehicle could beaffected. There is a risk of an accident.
Only connect equipment to a diagnosticsconnection in the vehicle, which isapproved for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.
G WARNING
Objects in the driver's footwell mayrestrict the clearance around the pedals orblock a depressed pedal. This jeopardisesthe operating and road safety of the vehi-cle. There is a risk of an accident.
Stow all objects securely in the vehicle sothat they do not get into the driver's foot-well. Always fit the floormats securely andas prescribed in order to ensure that thereis always sufficient room for the pedals. Donot use loose floormats and do not placeseveral floormats on top of one another.
! If the engine is switched off and a deviceis connected to a diagnostic connection,the battery may become discharged.
Connecting equipment to the diagnosticsconnection can lead to emissions monitoringinformation being reset, for example. This
may lead to the vehicle failing to meet therequirements of the next emissions test dur-ing the main inspection.
Qualified specialist workshop
A qualified specialist workshop has the nec-essary special skills, tools and qualificationsto correctly carry out any necessary work onyour vehicle. This particularly applies towork relevant to safety.Observe the information contained in theService Booklet.Always have the following work carried outon your vehicle at a smart centre:
Rwork relevant to safetyRservice and maintenance workRrepair workRmodifications, installations and conver-
sionsRwork on electronic componentsYou can obtain current information concern-ing the servicing of your vehicle at any timefrom a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. asmart centre.
Vehicle registration
smart may ask its smart centres to carry outtechnical inspections on certain vehicles.The quality or safety of the vehicle isimproved as a result of the inspection.smart is only able to notify the vehicle ownerabout vehicle inspections if smart has thevehicle registration data.In the following cases, it is possible that avehicle has not yet been registered in theowner's name:
Rthe vehicle was not purchased at anauthorised specialist dealerRthe vehicle has not yet been examined at a
smart centresmart recommends registering the vehicle ina smart centre.Notify smart as soon as possible if there is achange of address or if ownership of thevehicles changes. This can be done at a smartcentre, for example.
24 >> Introduction.
Correct use
If warning stickers are removed, you may failto recognise certain dangers. Leave warningstickers in place.The following are important sources of infor-mation in regard to vehicle use:
Rsafety notes in this Owner's ManualRtechnical data in this Owner's ManualRtraffic rules and regulationsRlaws and safety standards pertaining to
motor vehicles
Implied warranty
! Follow the instructions in this manualabout the proper operation of your vehicleas well as about possible vehicle damage.Damage to your vehicle that arises fromculpable contraventions against theseinstructions is not covered either by thesmart implied warranty or by the New orUsed-Vehicle Warranty.
QR codes for rescue card
The QR code is on the fuel filler flap and onthe door pillar (B-pillar), on the oppositeside. In the event of an accident, rescue serv-ices can use the QR code to quickly determinethe corresponding rescue card for a vehicle.The current rescue card contains the mostimportant information about the vehicle incompact form, such as the routing of theelectric cables. Further information:www.mercedes-benz.de/qr-code
Data stored in the vehicle
Information from electronic controlunits
Your vehicle is equipped with electroniccontrol units. Some of them are necessary foryour vehicle to function safely, some providesupport when driving (driver assistancesystems). In addition, your vehicle offerscomfort or entertainment functions whichare also made possible with electronic con-trol units.
Electronic control units contain data memo-ries which can permanently or temporarilystore technical information on vehicle con-dition, component stress, service require-ments as well as technical incidents andfaults.This information generally documents thecondition of a component, a module, a systemor of the environment such as:
Roperating states of system components(e.g. fluid levels, battery status, tyre pres-sure)Rstatus messages of the vehicle or its indi-
vidual components (e.g. wheel revolu-tions/speed, deceleration in movement,lateral acceleration, display of seat beltsfastened)Rmalfunctions and defects in key system
components (e.g. the lights and brakes)Rinformation on incidents in which the
vehicle is damagedRreactions of the systems in specific driv-
ing situations (e.g. deployment of an air-bag, use of stability control systems)Rambient conditions (e.g. temperature, rain
sensor)In addition to the provision of control unitfunctions, this data serves to detect and rec-tify faults as well as to optimise vehiclefunctions by the manufacturer. Most of thisdata is volatile and is only processed in thevehicle itself. Only a small proportion of thedata is stored in event or error memories.When service work is done on your vehicle,the technical data from the vehicle can beread out by service network staff or thirdparties. Service work is, for example, repairwork, maintenance, warranty claims andquality assurance measures. The data is readout using the legally prescribed OBD (Euro-pean On-board Diagnostics) connector in thevehicle. The respective workshop of servicenetwork or third parties collect, process anduse the data. The data documents technicalstates of the vehicle, help in finding errorsand in improving quality and are transferredto the manufacturer if necessary. In addition,the manufacturer is subject to product lia-bility. For this purpose, the manufacturerrequires technical data from vehicles.Error memories in the vehicle can be reset bya service outlet during repairs or servicework.
>> Introduction. 25
Z
Depending on the equipment selected, youcan enter data in comfort and infotainmentfunctions of the vehicle.This includes, for example:
Rmultimedia data, such as music, films orphotos for playback in an integrated mul-timedia systemRaddress book data for use in an integrated
hands-free system or an integrated navi-gation systemRnavigation destinations enteredRdata on the use of Internet servicesThis data can be saved locally in the vehicleor it is located on a device which you haveconnected to the vehicle. As long as this datais saved in the vehicle, you can delete it atany time. Transfer of this data to third par-ties only occurs at your request, especiallyas part of online services according to thesettings you have selected.You can save comfort settings/individuali-sation in the vehicle and change them at anytime.Depending on the equipment, these include,for example:
Rsettings of the seat and steering wheelpositionsRchassis and climate control settingsRindividualisation such as interior lightingAs long as your vehicle is suitably equipped,you can connect your mobile phone oranother mobile end device with the vehicle.You can operate these devices via the controlelements integrated in the vehicle. Imagesand sound from the mobile phone can playedback via the multimedia system. At the sametime, certain information is transferred toyour mobile phone.This includes, depending on the type of inte-gration, for example:
Rgeneral vehicle informationRposition dataThis allows the use of selected mobile phoneapps, e.g. navigation or music playback.There is no further interaction betweenmobile phone and vehicle; in particular thereis no active access to vehicle data. How datais further processed is determined by theprovider of the specific app used. Which set-tings you can make, if any, depends on the
specific app and the operating system ofyour mobile phone.
Service providers
Wireless network connection
In as far as your vehicle has a wireless net-work connection, this will permit theexchange of data between your vehicle andfurther systems. The wireless network con-nection is enabled by a transmission andreception device installed in the vehicle orvia mobile end devices (e.g. mobile phones)you bring into the vehicle. Online functionscan be used via this wireless network con-nection. These include online services andapplications/apps, which are provided bythe manufacturer or by other providers.
Manufacturer's own services
For online services of the manufacturer, themanufacturer describes the specific func-tions and the associated data protectioninformation in an appropriate place. Per-sonal identification data may be used to pro-vide online services. Data transfer to this endoccurs via a protected connection e. g. usingthe IT systems of the manufacturer providedfor this purpose. The collecting, processing,and use of personal identification databeyond the provision of services occursexclusively on the basis of a legal permit orafter due consent.Generally, you can enable or disable theservices and functions (which sometimeshave associated costs). In some cases, thisalso applies to the whole data connection ofthe vehicle. Excluded from this are speciallegally prescribed functions and services.
Services of third parties
In as far as it is possible to use the onlineservices of other providers, these servicesare subject to the responsibility as well asthe data protection and terms of use of therespective provider. The manufacturer hasno influence on the contents exchangedwhilst using these services.Please ask the respective service provider fordetails on the type, extent and purpose of the
26 >> Introduction.
collection and use of personal data in thecontext of third party services.
Copyright information
Information on licenses of Free and Open-Source software used in the vehicle and theelectronic components:http://www.mercedes-benz.com/opensource
>> Introduction. 27
Z
Cockpit
Function Page
: Rev counter, dashboardclock 71
; Instrument cluster 33
= Horn
? Instrument cluster multi-function lever 101Windscreen wipers combi-nation switch 82
A Automatic locking feature 85Hazard warning lamps 164
B Overhead control panel 31
C smart Audio-System 105smart Media-System 113
D Climate control systemcontrol panel 88
Function Page
E Ignition lock 62
F Adjusts the steering wheel 58
G Control panel for:Automatic start/stop sys-tem 65Lane Keeping Assist 75Forward collision warning 52Parking aid 96Headlamp range adjust-ment 81
H Lights combination switch 80
I Automatic transmission:shift paddles 69
28 Cockpit>>
At
a gl
ance
.
Multifunction steering wheel
Function Page
: Colour display of theinstrument cluster 101Monochrome display of theinstrument cluster 100
; smart Audio-System 105smart Media-System 113
= Only for instrument cluster with colour display:WX Adjusts the vol-ume 113
Switches voice-oper-ated control on or off andaccepts or ends a call 113
? ® Increases or storesthe current speed 77− Decreases current speed 77
Function Page
A ° Calls up the last speedstored 77
B ± Interrupts cruisecontrol or the limiter 77
C ¯ Activates cruise con-trol 77^ Deactivates cruisecontrol or the limiter 77È Activates limiter 77
D Only for instrument cluster with colour display:9: Scrolls throughmenus 101a Confirms the selec-tion 103
Multifunction steering wheel 29
>> A
t a
glan
ce.
Centre console with drawer
i Vehicles with automatic transmission
Function Page
: Cup holders 139Ashtray 92
; Drawer 139
= Coin holderOpens and closes the fold-ing top 87
? Selector lever 67
A Parking brake 64
Function Page
B Cigarette lighter 91Power socket 92
C smart Media-System: AUXport, USB port and SD cardslot 113
D Cup holders 139
E Selector lever indicator 67
F Sets the drive programs(program selector button) 67
30 Centre console with drawer>>
At
a gl
ance
.
Overhead control panel
Function Page
: Left-hand reading lamp 82
; Interior lighting 82
= Right-hand reading lamp 82
Function Page
? PASSENGER AIRBAG indica-tor lamps 39Rear seat belt status indi-cator 37
A Rear-view mirror 59
Overhead control panel 31
>> A
t a
glan
ce.
Door control panel
Function Page
: Opens the door 85
; Adjusts the exterior mir-rors 60
Function Page
= Opens and closes the sidewindows 87
32 Door control panel>>
At
a gl
ance
.
Displays shown in the instrument cluster and the display
Function Page
: Speedometer
; Display
= Warning and indicatorlamps
C Doors or tailgate 183
7 Seat belts 184
6 Restraint system 185
ç Automatic start/stop sys-tem warning 189
è Automatic start/stop sys-tem 189
; Engine diagnostics 187
? Coolant temperature 188
5 Oil pressure 188
J Brakes 189
! ABS 193
÷ ESP® 55
h Tyre pressure monitor 195
D Power steering 198
Function Page
· Distance warning signal 198
^ Forward collision warning 198
à Lane Keeping Assist 200
# Battery 201
R Rear foglamp 81
O Foglamps 81
K Main-beam headlamps 80
L Dipped-beam headlamps 80
T Side lamps 81
S Transmission electronics 191
8 Reserve fuel level reached 187
¯ Cruise control 200
È Limiter 200
Ò Black ice warning 201
b Brake lamps 201
¯
°
Next service due date
192
Displays shown in the instrument cluster and the display 33
>> A
t a
glan
ce.
Occupant safety
Restraint system
Protection provided by the restraint sys-tem
The restraint system comprises:
RSeat belt systemRAirbagsRChild restraint systemRChild seat securing systemsIn the event of an accident, the restraint sys-tem can:
Rreduce the risk of vehicle occupants com-ing into contact with parts of the vehicleinterior.Rreduce the forces to which vehicle occu-
pants are subjectedOnly a seat belt which is worn correctly canprovide the intended level of protection. Thebelt tensioners and/or airbags can comple-ment a correctly worn seat belt depending onthe detected accident situation. Belt ten-sioners and airbags are not necessarilydeployed in every accident.For the restraint system to provide its fullprotection, each occupant has to:
Rhave the seat belt fastened correctlyRbe in an almost upright position with their
back against the seat backrestRsit with their feet resting on the floor, if
possibleRif below 1.50 m in height, be secured using
an additional restraint system suitable foryour vehicle
However, no system available today cancompletely eliminate injuries and fatalitiesin every accident situation. In particular,seat belts and airbags generally do not pro-tect against objects penetrating the vehiclefrom the outside. The risk of an injury result-ing from airbag deployment cannot be ruledout entirely either.
Limited protection from restraint system
G WARNING
If the restraint system is modified, it mayno longer work as intended. The restraintsystem may then not perform its intended
protective function by failing in an acci-dent or triggering unexpectedly, for exam-ple. There is an increased risk of injury,possibly even fatal.
Never modify parts of the restraint system.Do not attempt to modify the wiring as wellas electronic components or their software.
If it is necessary to adjust the vehicle toaccommodate a person with disabilities,contact a qualified specialist workshop.smart recommends that you use driving aidswhich have been approved specifically foryour vehicle by smart.
Preparing the restraint system for oper-ation
When the ignition is switched on, the 6restraint system warning lamp lights upduring the system self-test. It goes out nolater than a few seconds after the vehicle isstarted. The components of the restraint sys-tem are then ready for operation.
Restraint system malfunctions
RThe restraint system warning lamp 6does not light up when the ignition isswitched on.RThe restraint system warning lamp 6 is
constantly lit or lights up repeatedly whendriving.
G WARNING
If the restraint system is malfunctioning,restraint system components may be trig-gered unintentionally or may not deployas intended during an accident. This mayaffect the seat belt tensioner or airbag, forexample. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.
Have the restraint system checked andrepaired immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.
34 Occupant safety>>
Saf
ety
.
Restraint system response during anaccident
The way the restraint system respondsdepends on the severity of the impact detec-ted and the apparent type of accident:
RHead-on collisionRRear impactRSide impactThe activation threshold for the restraintsystem components is determined based onthe analysis of the sensor values measured atvarious points in the vehicle. This process ispre-emptive in nature. The triggering proc-ess of the restraint system componentsshould take place in good time at the start ofthe collision.Factors which can only be seen and meas-ured after a collision has occurred do notplay a decisive role in the deployment of anairbag, nor do they provide an indication ofairbag deployment.The vehicle may be deformed significantlywithout an airbag being deployed. This is thecase if only parts which are relatively easilydeformed are affected and the rate of vehicledeceleration is not high. Conversely, an air-bag may be deployed even though the vehiclesuffers only minor deformation. If, forinstance, very rigid vehicle parts such aslongitudinal body members are hit, the rateof vehicle deceleration may be sufficient.The restraint system components can beactivated or triggered independently of eachother:
Component Detected trigger sit-uation
Belt tensioners Head-on collision,rear impact, sideimpact
Driver's airbag,front-passengerfront airbag andkneebag
Head-on collision
Sidebag Side impact
G WARNING
After the airbag deploys, the airbag partsare hot. There is a risk of injury.
Do not touch the airbag parts. Have adeployed airbag replaced at a qualifiedspecialist workshop as soon as possible.
i smart recommends that you have thevehicle towed to a qualified specialistworkshop after an accident. Take this intoaccount, particularly if a seat belt ten-sioner was triggered or an airbag wasdeployed.
If the belt tensioners are triggered or an air-bag is deployed, you will hear a bang, and asmall amount of powder may also bereleased:
RThe bang will not usually affect your hear-ing.RIn general, the powder released is not haz-
ardous to health but may cause short-termbreathing difficulties to persons sufferingfrom asthma or other pulmonary condi-tions.Provided it is safe to do so, leave the vehi-cle immediately or open the window inorder to prevent breathing difficulties.
Seat belts
Protection provided by seat belts
Always fasten seat belts correctly beforestarting your journey. A seat belt can onlyprovide maximum protection when worn cor-rectly.
G WARNING
If the seat belt is worn incorrectly, it can-not perform its intended protective func-tion. Furthermore, an incorrectly worn seatbelt can cause additional injuries, e.g. inthe event of an accident, heavy braking orsudden changes of direction. There is anincreased risk of injury, possibly evenfatal.
Always ensure that all vehicle occupantshave their seat belts fastened correctlyand are sitting properly.
Occupant safety 35
>> S
afet
y.
Z
RThe seat belt must:- not be twisted and must be tight and fit
snugly across your body- be routed across the centre of the shoul-
der and as low down across your hips aspossible
RThe shoulder section of the seat beltshould not touch your neck nor be routedunder your arm or behind your back.RAvoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. a winter
coat.RPress the lap belt down into your hip joints
and pull tight by the shoulder section ofthe belt. The lap belt must never be routedacross your stomach or abdomen.RNever route the seat belt across sharp,
pointed, abrasive or fragile objects.ROnly one person per seat belt. Infants and
children must never travel sitting on thelap of a vehicle occupant.RNever secure objects with a seat belt if the
seat belt is also being used by one of thevehicle's occupants. Always observe thenotes on "Loading the vehicle" for securingobjects, luggage or loads (Y page 140).Also make sure that objects are neverplaced between an occupant and the seat,e.g. a cushion.
If children are travelling in the vehicle, besure to observe the instructions and safetynotes on "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 40).
Limited protection from seat belts
G WARNING
The seat belt does not offer the intendedlevel of protection if you have not movedthe backrest to an almost vertical position.When braking or in the event of an acci-dent, you could slide underneath the seatbelt and sustain abdomen or neck injuries,for example. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.
Adjust the seat properly before beginningyour journey. Always ensure that thebackrest is in an almost vertical positionand that the shoulder section of your seat-belt is routed across the centre of yourshoulder.
G WARNING
Persons under 1.50 m tall cannot wear theseat belts correctly without an additionalsuitable restraint system. If the seat belt isworn incorrectly, it cannot perform itsintended protective function. Further-more, an incorrectly worn seat belt cancause additional injuries, e.g. in the eventof an accident, heavy braking or suddenchanges of direction. There is an increasedrisk of injury, possibly even fatal.
Always secure persons less than 1.50 m tallin additional suitable restraint systems.
G WARNING
Seat belts cannot protect as intended, if:
Rthey are damaged, have been modified,are extremely dirty, bleached or dyed
Rthe seat belt buckle is damaged orextremely dirty
Rmodifications have been made to the belttensioners, belt anchorages or inertiareels
Seat belts may sustain non-visible dam-age in an accident, e.g. due to glass splint-ers. Modified or damaged seat belts cantear or fail, for example in the event of anaccident. Modified seat belt tensionersmay be deployed unintentionally or notfunction as intended. There is an increasedrisk of injury, possibly even fatal.
Never modify seat belts, seat belt tension-ers, seat belt anchorages and inertia reels.Ensure that seat belts are not damaged orworn and are clean. After an accident, havethe seat belts checked immediately at aqualified specialist workshop.
smart recommends that you only use seatbelts which have been approved specificallyfor your vehicle by smart.
G WARNING
Pyrotechnical belt tensioners which havebeen triggered are no longer operationaland therefore cannot protect as intended.
36 Occupant safety>>
Saf
ety
.
There is an increased risk of injury, pos-sibly even fatal.
Have pyrotechnic belt tensioners whichhave been triggered replaced at a qualifiedspecialist workshop immediately.
smart recommends that you have the vehicletowed to a qualified specialist workshopafter an accident.
! Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolledup. Otherwise, the seat belt or belt tonguewill be trapped in the door or in the seatmechanism. This could damage the door,the door trim panel and the seat belt. Dam-aged seat belts can no longer fulfil theirprotective function and must be replaced.Visit a qualified specialist workshop.
Fastening and adjusting the seat belts
If the seat belt is pulled quickly or suddenly,the inertia reel locks. The belt strap cannotbe pulled out further.
! If the co-driver's seat is not occupied, donot engage the seat belt tongue in thebuckle on the co-driver's seat. Otherwise,in the event of an accident the belt ten-sioner could be triggered in addition toother systems and would need to bereplaced.
X Always insert seat belt tongue ; into beltbuckle : that belongs to the seat.
X Slide the belt sash guide into the requiredposition. To raise: slide upwards at the ring.To lower: press the belt guide release andslide downwards at the ring.
X Make sure that the belt sash guide isengaged.
Releasing the seat belts
X Press the release button in the belt buckleand guide the seat belt back by the belttongue.
Belt warning for the driver and front-passenger
The 7 seat belt warning lamp in theinstrument cluster reminds you that allvehicle occupants must fasten their seatbelts correctly.A warning tone may also sound.As soon as the driver and co-driver fastentheir seat belts, the seat belt warning goesout.
Rear seat belt status indicator
: Seat belt warning lamp; Rear left-hand seat belt status indicator= Rear right-hand seat belt status indica-
tor
The rear seat belt status indicator informsyou which rear seat belt is not fastened.The status is indicated by the colour.
RRed: seat belt not fastened.RGreen: seat belt fastened.When you drive off and have reached a speedof approximately 10 km/h the lamps go outafter approximately 30 seconds.
Occupant safety 37
>> S
afet
y.
Z
Airbags
Overview of airbags
The installation location of an airbag isidentified by the AIRBAG symbol.A deployed airbag can increase the level ofprotection provided to the vehicle occupant.
AIRBAG Possible protectionfor:
: Kneebag Thigh, knee and lowerleg
; Driver's air-bag
Head and thorax
= Front-passengerfront airbag
Head and thorax
? Sidebag Head and thorax
The front-passenger front airbag can only bedeployed in an accident if the PASSENGERAIR BAG ON indicator lamp is lit. If the front-passenger seat is occupied, make sure thatthe status of the front-passenger front air-bag is correct both before and during thejourney (Y page 39).
Protection provided by the airbags
Depending on the accident situation, an air-bag supplements a correctly worn seat beltand can increase protection.
G WARNING
If you deviate from the correct seat posi-tion, the airbag cannot perform its inten-ded protective function and can even causeadditional injuries when deployed. There
is an increased risk of serious or even fatalinjuries.
In order to avoid such risks, always ensurethat all vehicle occupants:
Rfasten their seatbelts correctly, includ-ing pregnant women
Rare seated correctly and maintain thefurthest possible distance from the air-bags
Robserve the following notes
Always ensure that there are no objectslocated between the airbag and the vehicleoccupant.
To avoid risks resulting from a deployed air-bag:
Radjust the seats properly before beginningyour journey. Move the driver's and co-driver's seats as far back as possibleAlways observe the information on thecorrect driver's seat position (Y page 56).Rhold the steering wheel by the rim only.
This allows the airbag to deploy fullyRalways lean against the backrest while
driving. Do not lean forwards or againstthe door or side window. Otherwise, you arein the airbags' deployment areaRfeet should always be placed on the
ground. Do not place your feet on the dash-board, for example. Otherwise, your feetare in the airbag's deployment areaRwhen travelling with children in the vehi-
cle, observe the additional notes(Y page 40)Ralways stow objects correctly and securelyObjects in the vehicle interior may preventthe airbag from functioning correctly.Therefore, always make sure that:
Rthere are no people, animals or objectsbetween the vehicle occupants and theairbagRthere are no objects between the seat, door
and B-pillarRthere are no hard objects, e.g. coat hang-
ers, hanging on the grab handles or coathooksRthere are no accessories, such as drinks
can holders, attached in the airbag's
38 Occupant safety>>
Saf
ety
.
deployment area, e.g. on doors, side win-dows or side trim panelsRthere are no heavy, sharp-edged or fragile
objects in the pockets of your clothing.Stow such objects in a suitable place
Limited protection from airbags
G WARNING
If you modify an airbag cover or affixobjects such as stickers to it, the airbagcan no longer function correctly. There isan increased risk of injury.
Never modify an airbag cover or affixobjects to it.
G WARNING
Unsuitable seat covers may obstruct oreven prevent deployment of the airbagsintegrated into the seats. The airbags maythen fail to protect the vehicle occupantsas intended. There is an increased risk ofinjury, possibly even fatal.
Use only seat covers which have been spe-cifically approved for the respective seatby smart.
G WARNING
Sensors to control the airbags are locatedin the doors. Modifications or work not per-formed correctly to the doors or door pan-elling, as well as damaged doors, can leadto the function of the sensors beingimpaired. The airbags might therefore notfunction properly any more. Consequently,the airbags cannot protect vehicle occu-pants as they are designed to do. Thisposes an increased risk of injury.
Never modify the doors or parts of thedoors. Always have work on the doors ordoor panelling carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.
G WARNING
An airbag that has been deployed oncecannot provide any further protection and,in the event of an accident, can no longer
perform its intended protective function.There is an increased risk of injury.
Have the vehicle towed to a qualified spe-cialist workshop to have the deployed air-bag replaced.
Have deployed airbags replaced immedi-ately.
Status of the front-passenger front air-bag
PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lampsThe front-passenger front airbag can beenabled or disabled using the airbag-offswitch in the instrument cluster on thefront-passenger side (Y page 43).
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampand PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lampare part of the front-passenger front airbagdeactivation system.The indicator lamps display the status of thefront-passenger front airbag.
RPASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up: thefront-passenger front airbag is disabled.It will then not be deployed in the event ofan accident.RPASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up: the
front-passenger front airbag is enabled.The front-passenger front airbag maydeploy during an accident.
If the front-passenger seat is occupied, makesure that the status of the front-passengerfront airbag is correct for the prevailing con-ditions both before and during the journey.
RChildren in a child restraint system:whether the front-passenger front airbagmust be enabled or disabled depends onthe installed child restraint system, and
Occupant safety 39
>> S
afet
y.
Z
the age and size of the child. Make surethat you observe the notes on "Children inthe vehicle" (Y page 40). There you willalso find instructions on backwards andforwards-facing child restraint systemson the front-passenger seat.RAll other persons: the PASSENGER AIR BAG
ON indicator lamp must be lit. The front-passenger front airbag is enabled. Be sureto observe the notes on "Seat belts"(Y page 35) and "Airbags" (Y page 38).There you can also find information on thecorrect seat position.
Observe the information on the airbag deac-tivation system of the front-passenger frontairbag (Y page 43).
Children in the vehicle
Travelling safely with children onboard
G WARNING
If you leave children unattended in thevehicle, they may be able to set the vehiclein motion if, for example, they:
Rrelease the parking brake
Rshift the automatic transmission out ofpark position P or shift manual trans-mission into neutral
Rstart the engine
In addition, they may operate vehicleequipment and become trapped. There is arisk of an accident and injury.
When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.
G WARNING
If persons (particularly children) areexposed to heat or cold for a prolongedperiod, there is a risk of serious or evenfatal injuries. Never leave persons (par-ticularly children) unattended in the vehi-cle.
G WARNING
If the child restraint system is placed indirect sunlight, the parts could becomevery hot. Children could be suffer burns bytouching these parts, in particular on themetallic parts of the child restraint sys-tem. There is a risk of injury.
If you and your child leave the vehicle,always make sure that the child restraintsystem is not in direct sunlight. Cover itwith a blanket, for example. If the childrestraint system has been exposed todirect sunlight, leave it to cool down beforesecuring the child in it. Never leave chil-dren unattended in the vehicle.
To provide better protection to childrenyounger than twelve years old and under1.50 m tall, smart recommends alwaysobserving the following:
RSecure children only in a child restraintsystem that is appropriate for the age,weight and size of the child and that isrecommended and suitable for use in smartvehicles. Make sure you observe theinstructions for correct use of the childrestraint system.RFit the child restraint system on a rear seat
whenever possible.ROnly use the following securing systems
with the child restraint systems:- the seat belt system- the ISOFIX or i‑Size securing rings- the Top Tether anchoragesRThe manufacturer's child restraint system
installation instructions.RThe warning labels in the vehicle interior
and on the child restraint system.
G WARNING
If the child restraint system is incorrectlyfitted on the seat position suitable for thispurpose, it cannot perform its intendedprotective function. In the event of anaccident, sharp braking or a suddenchange in direction, the child may not beheld securely. There is an increased risk ofserious or even fatal injuries.
40 Children in the vehicle>>
Saf
ety
.
Observe the manufacturer's installationinstructions and the correct use for thechild restraint system. Make sure that theentire surface of the child restraint systemis resting on the seat surface. Never placeobjects under or behind the child restraintsystem, e.g. cushions. Only use childrestraint systems with the original coverdesigned for them. Only replace damagedcovers with genuine covers.
G WARNING
If the child restraint system is fitted incor-rectly or is not secured, it can come loose inthe event of an accident, heavy braking ora sudden change in direction. The childrestraint system could be thrown about,striking vehicle occupants. There is anincreased risk of injury, possibly evenfatal.
Always fit child restraint systems prop-erly, even if they are not being used. Makesure that you observe the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installationinstructions.
G WARNING
Child restraint systems or their securingsystems that have been damaged or sub-jected to a load in an accident cannot per-form their intended protective function. Inthe event of an accident, sharp braking or asudden change in direction, the child maynot be held securely. There is an increasedrisk of serious or even fatal injuries.
Immediately replace child restraint sys-tems that have been damaged or subjectedto a load in an accident. Have the childrestraint securing systems checked in aqualified specialist workshop before fit-ting a child restraint system again.
i Use the care products approved by smartto clean the child restraint systems rec-ommended by smart. Further informationcan be obtained at a qualified specialistworkshop.
Also, always observe the detailed informa-tion below:
RWhen fitting a child restraint system onthe front-passenger seat, observe thenotes on child restraint systems on thefront-passenger seat (Y page 45).RNotes on attaching suitable child restraint
systems (Y page 46).RNotes on recommended child restraint
systems (Y page 49).RInstructions and safety notes on disabling
and enabling the front-passenger frontairbag (Y page 43).RNotes on seat belts (Y page 35).
ISOFIX and i‑Size child seat securingsystems
Notes on ISOFIX and i-Size child seatsecuring systems
G WARNING
ISOFIX child restraint systems or i-Sizechild restraint systems do not offer suffi-cient protection for children whose weightis greater than 22 kg, who are securedusing the safety belt integrated in thechild restraint system. The child could, forexample, not be restrained correctly in theevent of an accident. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.
If the child weighs more than 22 kg, onlyuse ISOFIX child restraint systems or i-Size child restraint systems with which thechild is also secured with the vehicle seatbelt. Also secure the child restraint systemwith the Top Tether belt, if available.
When fitting a child restraint system, be sureto observe the manufacturer's installationinstructions and the instructions for correctuse of the child restraint system.ISOFIX and i‑Size are standardised securingsystems for special restraint systems. ISOFIXchild restraint systems are approved inaccordance with ECE R44, i‑Size childrestraint systems are approved in accord-ance with ECE R129.
Children in the vehicle 41
>> S
afet
y.
Z
Only child restraint systems that complywith the ECE R44 standard may be attached tothe ISOFIX securing rings. ISOFIX childrestraint systems approved in accordancewith ECE R44 and i-Size child restraint sys-tems approved in accordance with ECE R129can be attached to i-Size securing rings.ISOFIX child restraint systems approved inaccordance with ECE R44 and i-Size childrestraint systems approved in accordancewith ECE R129 can be attached to i-Sizesecuring rings.
Symbol for attaching an ISOFIX child restraintsystem
Symbol for attaching an i-Size child restraintsystem
Attaching ISOFIX and i‑Size child seatsecuring systems
When fitting a child restraint system, be sureto observe the manufacturer's installationinstructions and the instructions for correctuse of the child restraint system.Before driving the vehicle, make sure that theISOFIX or i-Size child restraint system isengaged correctly in both ISOFIX or i-Sizesecuring rings.
X Install the ISOFIX child restraint systemon both ISOFIX securing rings : or i-Sizesecuring rings ;.
orX Install the i-Size or ISOFIX child restraint
system on both i-Size securing rings ;.
Securing Top Tether
G WARNING
If the rear seat backrests are not locked,they could fold forwards in the event of anaccident, heavy braking or suddenchanges of direction. As a result, childrestraint systems cannot perform theirintended protective function. Rear seatbackrests that are not locked can alsocause additional injuries, e.g. in the eventof an accident. This poses an increased riskof injury or even fatal injury.
Always lock rear seat backrests after fit-ting a Top Tether belt. Observe the lockverification indicator. Adjust the rear seatbackrests so that they are in an uprightposition.
42 Children in the vehicle>>
Saf
ety
.
Ensure that the red lock status indicator onthe loop at the top of the rear bench seat is nolonger visible.Top Tether can reduce the risk of injury,since it provides an additional connectionbetween the child restraint system securedwith ISOFIX or i-Size and the vehicle.The child restraint system must be equippedwith a Top Tether belt.
Top tether anchorage : is fitted behind eachrear seat to the luggage compartment floor.
X Fit the ISOFIX or i-Size child restraint sys-tem with Top Tether. Always comply withthe child restraint system manufacturer'sinstallation instructions when doing so.
X Move the head restraint upwards.
X Route Top Tether belt = under headrestraint between the two head restraintbars.
X Guide Top Tether belt = between the seatbackrest and parcel shelf into the luggagecompartment.Remove parcel shelf if necessary(Y page 140).
X Hook Top Tether hook ; of Top Tether belt= into Top Tether anchorage :.Lift up the carpet a little if necessary.
Ensure that:
RTop Tether hook ; is hooked into TopTether anchorage : as shownRTop Tether belt = is not twistedRTop Tether belt = is routed between the
seat backrest and the parcel shelf if theparcel shelf is fitted
X Tension Top Tether belt =. Always complywith the child restraint system manufac-turer's installation instructions whendoing so.
X Move the head restraint back down againslightly if necessary.Make sure that you do not interfere withthe correct routing of Top Tether belt =.
Disabling/enabling the front-passenger front airbag
G WARNING
If the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicatorlamp is lit, the front-passenger front air-bag is disabled. It will not be deployed inthe event of an accident and cannot per-form its intended protective function. Aperson in the front-passenger seat couldthen, for example, come into contact withthe vehicle's interior, especially if the per-son is sitting too close to the dashboard.This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.
In this case the front-passenger seat maynot be used. You may only transport a childon the front-passenger seat if they areseated in a suitable rearward or forward-facing child restraint system. Alwaysobserve the information about suitablepositioning of the child restraint system inthis Owner's Manual as well as the childrestraint system manufacturer's installa-tion instructions.
G WARNING
If you secure a child in a rearward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passenger seat and the PASSENGER AIRBAG ON indicator lamp is lit, the front-
Children in the vehicle 43
>> S
afet
y.
Z
passenger front airbag can deploy in theevent of an accident. The child could bestruck by the airbag. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.
Make sure that the front-passenger frontairbag has been disabled. The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit.
NEVER use a rearward-facing childrestraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVEAIRBAG in front of it; DEATH or SERIOUSINJURY to the child can occur.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampremains off and/or the PASSENGER AIR BAGON indicator lamp is lit, do not fit a rearward-facing child restraint system to the front-passenger seat. For more information, see"Problems with automatic front-passengerairbag deactivation" (Y page 185).
G WARNING
If you secure a child in a forward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passenger seat and you position the front-passenger seat too close to the dashboard,in the event of an accident, the child could:
Rcome into contact with the vehicle'sinterior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp is lit, for example
Rbe struck by the airbag if the PASSENGERAIR BAG ON is lit up
This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.
Move the front-passenger seat as far backas possible. Always make sure that theshoulder belt strap is correctly routed fromthe vehicle belt outlet to the shoulder beltguide on the child restraint system. Theshoulder belt strap must be routed for-wards and downwards from the vehiclebelt outlet. If necessary, adjust the vehiclebelt outlet and the front-passenger seataccordingly. Always observe the informa-tion in this Owner's Manual on suitablepositioning of the child restraint system in
addition to the child restraint systemmanufacturer's installation instructions.
Symbol for a rearward-facing child restraintsystem
If you use a rearward-facing child restraintsystem on the front-passenger seat, youmust disable the front-passenger front air-bag.
Airbag-off switch : for manually enablingand disabling the front-passenger front air-bag is in the dashboard on the front-passenger side.
X Push in front-passenger airbag-offswitch : beyond the point of resistance.
X To disable the front-passenger front air-bag: turn airbag-off switch : anti-clock-wise.The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF 4 indica-tor lamp on the overhead control panellights up and stays on when the ignition isswitched on (Y page 39).
X To enable the front-passenger front air-bag: turn airbag-off switch : clockwise.The PASSENGER AIR BAG ON × indicatorlamp on the overhead control panel lightsup and stays on when the ignition isswitched on (Y page 39).
44 Children in the vehicle>>
Saf
ety
.
The front-passenger airbag is enabled whenthe ignition is switched on unless the front-passenger front airbag has been manuallydisabled. If the front-passenger front airbagis disabled and the ignition is switched on,the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF 4 indicatorlamp in the overhead control panel(Y page 39) lights up permanently.
Child restraint systems on the front-passenger seat
Notes on child restraint systems
Accident statistics show that childrensecured in the rear seats are safer than chil-dren secured in front-passenger seats. Forthis reason, smart strongly advises that youinstall a child restraint system on a rear seat.If it is absolutely necessary that you secure achild in a child restraint system on the front-passenger seat, always observe the informa-tion on "Disabling the front-passenger frontairbag" (Y page 43).You avoid risks when you:
Renable or disable the front-passengerfront airbag correctly.Rposition the child restraint system favour-
ably.
A warning notice is located on the front-passenger sun visor.
G WARNING
If you secure a child in a child restraintsystem on the front-passenger seat andthe PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampis off, the front-passenger front airbag candeploy in the event of an accident. Thechild could be struck by the airbag. This
poses an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.
Make sure that the front-passenger frontairbag has been disabled. The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit.
NEVER use a rearward-facing childrestraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVEAIRBAG in front of it; DEATH or SERIOUSINJURY to the child can occur.
Always observe the notes on transportingchildren safely (Y page 40).
Notes on rearward and forward facingchild restraint systems
Warning symbol for a rearward-facing childrestraint system
If it is absolutely necessary to secure a childin a rearward-facing child restraint systemon the co-driver's seat, you must alwaysmake sure that the co-driver's front airbag isdeactivated. This is only the case if thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is litcontinuously (Y page 39).When using a child restraint system on theco-driver's seat you must observe the fol-lowing:
RMove the co-driver's seat as far back aspossible.RThe base of the child restraint system must
lie fully on the co-driver's seat cushion.RThe backrest of a forwards-facing child
restraint system must, as far as possible,rest on the backrest of the co-driver's seat.The child restraint system must not touchthe roof or be subjected to a load by thehead restraint.
Children in the vehicle 45
>> S
afet
y.
Z
RAdjust the angle of the backrest appropri-ately.RAlways make sure that the shoulder belt
strap is correctly routed from the vehiclebelt sash guide to the shoulder belt guideon the child restraint system. The shoulderbelt strap must be routed forwards andbackwards from the vehicle belt outlet.RNever place objects under or behind the
child restraint system, e.g. cushions.Always comply with the manufacturer'sinstallation and operating instructions forthe child restraint system used.
Suitability of the seats for childrestraint systems
Notes on attaching suitable childrestraint systems
Only child restraint systems that meet thefollowing ECE standards are permitted foruse in the vehicle:
RECE R44RECE R129 (i‑Size child restraint systems)Only suitable for use in the vehicles speci-fied which are equipped with three-pointseat belts approved in accordance with ECERegulation No.16 or similar standards.
Label for an ECE R44 compliant child restraintsystem
Label for an ECE R129 compliant child restraintsystem
ISOFIX or i-Size child restraint systems inthe following "Universal" category may beused on seats marked U, UF, IUF or i-U inaccordance with the tables on the suitabilityof the seats for attaching child restraint sys-tems.Semi-universal child restraint systems areindicated by the text "Semi-universal" on theapproval label. Use is only permitted if thevehicle and the seat are listed in the childrestraint system manufacturer's vehiclemodel list.Before installing a forward-facing childrestraint system with integrated backrest onthe rear seat, remove the corresponding headrestraint.
46 Children in the vehicle>>
Saf
ety
.
Suitability of the seats for attaching belt-secured child restraint systems
Observe the following notes:
RIf you are using a baby car seat of category 0/0+ and a rearward-facing child restraint system on a rear seat: the front seat must be adjusted in such a way that it does not come intocontact with the child restraint system.RFor certain child restraint systems of weight category II or III there may be limitations for
the maximum size setting, e.g. due to possible contact with the roof.RMake sure that the child's feet do not come into contact with the front seat. If necessary,
move the front seat slightly forwards.RThe child restraint system must not touch the roof or be subjected to a load by the head
restraint.RObserve the manufacturer's installation instructions for the child restraint system.Legend for the table:RX: Not suitable for children of this weight category.RU: Suitable for child restraint systems in the "Universal" category that are approved for use
in this weight category.RUF: Suitable for forward-facing child restraint systems in the "Universal" category that are
approved for use in this weight category.RL: Suitable for semi-universal child restraint systems according to the table in the "Over-
view of recommended child restraint systems" (Y page 49) or if the vehicle and the seat arelisted in the child restraint system manufacturer's vehicle model list.
Co-driver's seat
Weight categories Co-driver's front airbag is enabled
Co-driver front airbag is deactivated1
Category 0: up to 10 kg X U, L
Category 0+: up to 13 kg X U, L
Category I: 9 to 18 kg UF, L U, L
Category II: 15 to 25 kg UF, L U, L
Category III: 22 to 36 kg U, L U, L
Rear seats
Weight categories Left, right
Category 0: up to 10 kg U, L
Category 0+: up to 13 kg U, L
Category I: 9 to 18 kg U, L
Category II: 15 to 25 kg U, L
Category III: 22 to 36 kg U, L
1 The co-driver's front airbag must be deactivated. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must belit.
Children in the vehicle 47
>> S
afet
y.
Z
Suitability of the seats for attaching ISOFIX child restraint systems
Observe the following notes:
RIf you are using a baby car seat of category 0/0+ and a rearward-facing child restraint system on a rear seat: the front seat must be adjusted in such a way that it does not come intocontact with the child restraint system.RFor certain child restraint systems of weight category II or III there may be limitations for
the maximum size setting, e.g. due to possible contact with the roof.RMake sure that the child's feet do not come into contact with the front seat. If necessary,
move the front seat slightly forwards.RThe child restraint system must not touch the roof or be subjected to a load by the head
restraint.RObserve the manufacturer's installation instructions for the child restraint system.Legend for the table:RX: Not suitable for an ISOFIX child restraint system in this weight category.RIUF: Suitable for a forward-facing ISOFIX child restraint system in the "Universal" category
in this weight category.RIL: Suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems in the table in the "Overview of recommended
child restraint systems" (Y page 49) or if the vehicle and the seat are listed in the childrestraint system manufacturer's vehicle model list.
Weight category Size categories Equipment Rear seat left/right
Carrycot F ISO/L1 X
G ISO/L2 X
0 up to 10 kgup to approximately 6 months
E ISO/R1 IL
0+ up to 13 kgup to approximately 15 months
E ISO/R1 IL
D ISO/R2 IL
C ISO/R3 X
I 9 kg to 18 kgbetween approximately9 months and 4 years
D ISO/R2 IL
C ISO/R3 X
B ISO/F2 IUF
B1 ISO/F2X IUF
A ISO/F3 IUF
Suitability of the seats for attaching i‑Size child restraint systems
Observe the following notes:
RIf you are using a baby car seat of category 0/0+ and a rearward-facing child restraint system on a rear seat: the front seat must be adjusted in such a way that it does not come intocontact with the child restraint system.RFor certain child restraint systems of weight category II or III there may be limitations for
the maximum size setting, e.g. due to possible contact with the roof.
48 Children in the vehicle>>
Saf
ety
.
RMake sure that the child's feet do not come into contact with the front seat. If necessary,move the front seat slightly forwards.RThe child restraint system must not touch the roof or be subjected to a load by the head
restraint.RObserve the manufacturer's installation instructions for the child restraint system.Legend for the table:RX: Not suitable for an i‑Size child restraint system in this weight category.Ri‑U: Suitable for a forward or rearward-facing i‑Size child restraint system of the "Uni-
versal" category.
Co-driver's seat Left rear seat Right rear seat
i‑Size child restraintsystem
X i‑U i‑U
Overview of recommended child restraint systems
The smart forfour is equipped with a manual front-passenger front airbag deactivation sys-tem.
X Before using a rearward-facing child restraint on the front-passenger seat, disable thefront-passenger airbag (Y page 43).
Recommended child restraint systems for attaching with the vehicle seat belt
Weight categories Manufacturer Type Approval number (E1 ...)
Order number(A 000 ...)2
Category 0:up to 10 kgup to approximately6 months
Britax Römer BABY SAFEplus II
04 301146 970 36 00970 57 00
Category 0+:up to 13 kgup to approximately15 months
Britax Römer BABY SAFEplus II
04 301146 970 36 00970 57 00
Category I:9 kg up to 18 kgbetween approx-imately 9 monthsand 4 years
Britax Römer DUO PLUS 04 301133 970 37 00970 58 00
Category II/III:15 kg up to 36 kgfrom approximately4 years to 12 years
Britax Römer KIDFIX 04 301198 970 38 00970 59 00
Britax Römer KIDFIX XP 04 301304 970 61 00
2 Colour code 9H95
Children in the vehicle 49
>> S
afet
y.
Z
Recommended ISOFIX child restraint systems for the "Universal"/"Semi-Universal" category
Weight cate-gories
Size cat-egory
Manufacturer Type Approval number(E1 ...)
Order number
Category 0+:up to 13 kg
E Britax Römer BABY SAFEplus
04 301146 B6 6 86 8224
Category I:9 kg up to18 kg
B1 Britax Römer DUO PLUS 04 301133 A 000 970 37 00A 000 970 58 00
i You can obtain further information about the correct child restraint system from asmart centre.
Further related subjects:
RNotes on child restraint systems on the front-passenger seat (Y page 45).RNotes on attaching suitable child restraint systems (Y page 46).
Child-proof locks
Important safety notes
G WARNING
If children are travelling in the vehicle,they could:
Ropen doors, thus endangering other peo-ple or road users
Rexit the vehicle and be caught by oncom-ing traffic
Roperate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for example
There is a risk of an accident and injury.
Always activate the child-proof locks andoverride feature if children are travellingin the vehicle. When leaving the vehicle,always take the key with you and lock thevehicle. Never leave children unattendedin the vehicle.
Child-proof locks for the rear doors(Y page 51).
G WARNING
If you leave children unattended in thevehicle, they may be able to set the vehiclein motion if, for example, they:
Rrelease the parking brake
Rshift the manual transmission into neu-tral
Rstart the engine
In addition, they may operate vehicleequipment and become trapped. There is arisk of an accident and injury.
When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.
G WARNING
If persons (particularly children) areexposed to heat or cold for a prolongedperiod, there is a risk of serious or evenfatal injuries. Never leave persons (par-ticularly children) unattended in the vehi-cle.
G WARNING
If the child restraint system is placed indirect sunlight, the parts could becomevery hot. Children could be suffer burns by
50 Children in the vehicle>>
Saf
ety
.
touching these parts, in particular on themetallic parts of the child restraint sys-tem. There is a risk of injury.
If you and your child leave the vehicle,always make sure that the child restraintsystem is not in direct sunlight. Cover itwith a blanket, for example. If the childrestraint system has been exposed todirect sunlight, leave it to cool down beforesecuring the child in it. Never leave chil-dren unattended in the vehicle.
Child-proof locks for the rear doors
You secure each door individually with thechild-proof locks on the rear doors. A doorsecured with a child-proof lock cannot beopened from inside the vehicle. When thevehicle is unlocked, the door can be openedfrom the outside.
X To activate: press the child-proof locklever down in the direction of arrow 2.
X Make sure that the child-proof locks areworking properly.
X To deactivate: press the child-proof locklever up in the direction of arrow 1.
Pets in the vehicle
G WARNING
If you leave animals unsupervised orunsecured in the vehicle, they may push abutton or a switch, for example.
They could:
Ractivate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for example
Rswitch vehicle systems on or off, thusendangering other road users
In the event of an accident, sudden brakingor abrupt changes of direction, unsecuredanimals could be flung around the vehicle,injuring the vehicle occupants. There is arisk of an accident and injury.
Never leave animals unattended in thevehicle. Always secure animals correctlyduring a journey, e.g. in an animal trans-port box.
Driving safely
Driving safety system limitations
! Make sure you have suitable tyres, sothat assistance systems and drivingsafety systems can work as effectively aspossible.
If you fail to adapt your driving style or if youare inattentive, the driving safety systemscan neither reduce the risk of accident noroverride the laws of physics. Driving safetysystems are merely aids designed to assistdriving. You are responsible for the distanceto the vehicle in front, for vehicle speed andfor braking in good time. Always adapt yourdriving style to suit the prevailing road,weather and traffic conditions and maintaina safe distance from the vehicle in front.Drive carefully.For safety reasons, smart recommends thatyou only use snow chains that have beenspecially approved for your vehicle by smart.Further information can be obtained at asmart centre or a qualified specialist work-shop.
Braking with ABS (Anti-lock BrakingSystem)
ABS regulates brake pressure in such a waythat the wheels do not lock when you brake.This allows you to continue steering thevehicle when braking.
Driving safely 51
>> S
afet
y.
Z
When you switch on the ignition, the !warning lamp in the instrument clusterlights up. It goes out after the engine is star-ted.ABS works from a speed of about 6 km/h,regardless of road-surface conditions. ABSintervenes in the case of slippery road sur-faces, even when you only brake gently.
X To brake while ABS intervenes: continue todepress the brake pedal with force untilthe braking situation is over.
X To make a full brake application: depressthe brake pedal with full force.
G WARNING
If ABS is faulty, the wheels could lock whenbraking. The steerability and brakingcharacteristics may be severely impaired.Additionally, further driving safety sys-tems are deactivated. There is an increaseddanger of skidding and accidents.
Drive on carefully. Have ABS checkedimmediately at a qualified specialistworkshop.
Using the forward collision warning
Useful information
If a risk of collision with the vehicle in frontis detected, the forward collision warningalerts the driver both visually and acousti-cally.With the help of the radar sensor system, theforward collision warning can detect obsta-cles that are in the path of your vehicle for anextended period of time.Up to a speed of approximately 70 km/h, theforward collision warning can react to sta-tionary obstacles, such as stationary orparked vehicles.
Please note
i Observe the notes in the "Limitations ofthe driving safety systems" (Y page 51)section.
G WARNING
The distance warning function does notreact:
Rto people or animals
Rto oncoming vehicles
Rto crossing traffic
Rwhen cornering
The distance warning function may notgive warnings in all critical situations.There is a risk of an accident.
Always pay careful attention to the trafficsituation and be ready to brake.
Always adapt your speed to suit the pre-vailing road and traffic conditions.
G WARNING
The distance warning function cannotalways clearly identify objects and com-plex traffic situations.
In such cases, the distance warning func-tion may:
Rgive an unnecessary warning
Rnot give a warning
There is a risk of an accident.
Always pay careful attention to the trafficsituation; do not rely on the distancewarning function alone.
The · warning lamp in the instrumentcluster lights up if:
Rthe distance maintained to the vehicletravelling in front is insufficientRthe vehicle is rapidly approaching a vehi-
cle travelling in front or a stationaryobject. In this case, an intermittent warn-ing tone also sounds
Detection can be restricted under the follow-ing conditions:
Rthe vehicle is new or service work has beencarried out on the system. In this case,observe the information on running-in thevehicleRthe sensors are dirty or coveredRin heavy rain or snowRthere is interference from other radar
sources, e.g. in multi-storey car parks
52 Driving safely>>
Saf
ety
.
Rthe vehicle travelling in front is narrow,e.g. a motorcycleRthe vehicle travelling in front is travelling
on a different lineFollowing any damage to the front end of thevehicle, have the configuration and opera-tion of the radar sensor checked at a quali-fied specialist workshop. This also applies tocollisions at slow speeds where there is novisible damage to the front of the vehicle.
Switching the forward collision warningon and off
The forward collision warning is automati-cally activated when you start the engine.
X Press the switch.If the forward collision warning is deacti-
vated, the LED on the switch lights up.On-board computer with colour display:the display shows a message.
Using Active Brake Assist
Useful information
With the help of the radar sensor system,Active Brake Assist can calculate the dis-tance of your vehicle to the vehicle travellingin front.If for several seconds, the distance to thevehicle ahead is insufficient for the speedyou are driving at, Active Brake Assist alertsthe driver visually.If a risk of collision is detected, Active BrakeAssist alerts the driver both visually andacoustically. In addition, Active Brake Assistprepares the vehicle for a possible emer-gency braking manoeuvre.
In particularly critical situations ActiveBrake Assist may brake autonomously. Inthis case, Active Brake Assist continues toalert the driver both visually and acousti-cally.
Please note
G WARNING
Active Brake Assist cannot always clearlyidentify objects and complex traffic situa-tions.
In these cases, Active Brake Assist may:
Rwarn or brake for no reason
Rnot issue a warning
Rnot brake
There is a risk of an accident.
Always pay careful attention to the trafficsituation and do not rely on Active BrakeAssist alone. Be prepared to brake ormanoeuvre if necessary.
G WARNING
Active Brake Assist does not react:
Rto persons, bicycles, motorcycles or ani-mals
Rto approaching vehicles
Rto cross traffic
Ron bends
As a result, Active Brake Assist cannotintervene in all critical situations. There isa risk of an accident.
Always pay careful attention to the trafficsituation and be prepared to brake.
G WARNING
Severe jolting, for example in the case of acollision, may cause the radar sensors tobe misaligned. The function of Active BrakeAssist is then impaired.
There is a risk of an accident.
Deactivate Active Brake Assist. Have ActiveBrake Assist checked at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.
Driving safely 53
>> S
afet
y.
Z
The following requirements must also be ful-filled:
Rforward gear is engaged.Rthe parking brake is released.Rthe driving speed is within the suitable
speed range.Detection can be restricted under the follow-ing conditions:
Rthe vehicle is new or service work has beencarried out on the system. In this case,observe the information on running-in thevehicleRthe radio sensors are dirty or covered
(Y page 160)Rin heavy rain or snowRthere is interference from other radar
sources, e.g. in multi-storey car parksRthe vehicle travelling in front is narrow,
e.g. a motorcycleRthe vehicle travelling in front is travelling
on a different lineAutonomous braking can be cancelled bybriefly depressing the accelerator pedal.If the brake lamps are inoperative, deacti-vate Active Brake Assist.
i Observe the notes on "Limitations of thedriving safety systems" (Y page 51).
Distance warning and forward collisionwarning with autonomous braking func-tion
Method of operationIf the distance maintained to the vehicleahead is insufficient for the speed you aredriving at, the · warning lamp lights up.If Active Brake Assist detects a risk of colli-sion while driving, the · warning lamplights up and a warning tone sounds. If thedriver depresses the brake pedal fast, thebraking pressure may be increased to a fullbrake application.The autonomous braking function may inter-vene if the driver does not react to theforward collision warning.
When driving at speeds of more than 30 km/h,the forward collision warning may issue awarning in the following situations:
Situation Speed you are trav-elling
Vehicles travellingahead
30 - 140 km/h
Vehicles coming to astandstill
30 - 140 km/h
Stationary vehicles 30 - 80 km/h
Other objects orcrossing vehicles
No warning possible
When driving at speeds of more than 30 km/h,the autonomous braking function may inter-vene in the following situations:
Situation Speed you are trav-elling
Vehicles travellingahead
30 - 140 km/h
Vehicles coming to astandstill
30 - 140 km/h
Stationary vehicles No interventionpossible
Other objects orcrossing vehicles
No interventionpossible
Activating/deactivating Active BrakeAssist
Active Brake Assist is automatically activa-ted when you start the engine.Monochrome display: activating/deactivat-ing Active Brake Assist using the on-boardcomputer (Y page 103).Colour display: activating/deactivatingActive Brake Assist using the on-board com-puter (Y page 104).
Adaptive brake lamps
The adaptive brake lights warn followingtraffic in an emergency situation:If you brake the vehicle sharply from a speedof more than 50 km/h the brake lamps flashrapidly.
54 Driving safely>>
Saf
ety
.
If the vehicle is sharply braked to a standstillat a speed of over 70 km/h, the hazard warn-ing lamps are also switched on automati-cally. The hazard warning lamps switch offautomatically if you subsequently drivefaster than 10 km/h.
Driving with ESP®
If ESP® detects that the vehicle is deviatingfrom the direction desired by the driver, oneor more wheels are braked to stabilise thevehicle.
ESP® supports the driver when pulling awayon wet or slippery roads. ESP® can also sta-bilise the vehicle during braking. ESP® com-prises ETS (Electronic Traction System) andCrosswind Assist.ETS brakes the drive wheels individually ifthey spin. This enables you to pull away andaccelerate on slippery surfaces, for exampleif the road surface is slippery on one side.Strong crosswind gusts can impair the road-holding of your vehicle when drivingstraight ahead.Crosswind Assist reduces these impairments.Crosswind assist is active at vehicle speedsabove 70 km/h when driving straight aheador cornering gently.
If ESP® intervenes, pull away carefully andadapt your driving style to the prevailingroad and weather conditions.If the ÷ warning lamp goes out beforebeginning the journey, ESP® is active. If ESP®
intervenes, the ÷ warning lamp flashes inthe instrument cluster.
G WARNING
If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® is unable tostabilise the vehicle. In addition, otherdriving safety systems are switched off.This increases the risk of skidding and anaccident.
Drive on carefully. Have ESP® checked at aqualified specialist workshop.
Information on EBD (Electronic Brake-force Distribution)
EBD monitors and controls the brake pres-sure on the rear wheels to improve drivingstability while braking.
G WARNING
If EBD is malfunctioning, the rear wheelscan lock, e.g. under full braking. Thisincreases the risk of skidding and an acci-dent.
You should therefore adapt your drivingstyle to the different handling character-istics. Have the brake system checked at aqualified specialist workshop.
Driving safely 55
>> S
afet
y.
Z
Understanding functions of the key
: % Unlocks the vehicle;º Opens the tailgate (press and hold)= & Locks the vehicle
: % Unlocks the vehicle; & Locks the vehicle=é Opens the tailgate (press and hold)
X To unlock centrally: press the % button.The turn signals flash once.
i After unlocking, open the vehicle withinapproximately 2 minutes to prevent it fromlocking itself and priming the anti-theftalarm system again.
X To unlock and open the tailgate: press andhold the º or é button.
X To lock centrally: press the & button.The turn signals flash twice.
X To activate the double-lock function (only for England): press the & button twice.The turn signals flash twice long and threetimes short
Opening the door
X Press the # button on the key.X Open the door.
i After unlocking, open the vehicle withinapproximately 2 minutes to prevent it fromlocking itself and priming the anti-theftalarm system again.
Correct driver's seat position
G WARNING
You could lose control of the vehicle whiledriving if you:
Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheelor mirror
Rfasten the seat belt.
There is a risk of an accident.
Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel ormirror and fasten the seat belt beforestarting the engine.
Observe the following rules on the correctdriver's seat position:
Rthe driver must be as far away from thedriver's airbag as possible (Y page 38).Rthe driver must be wearing seat belt =
properly.Rthe driver must be able to depress the ped-
als properly.Rthe driver must be able to move their legs
freely.Rthe driver must be able to reach steering
wheel : with their arms slightly bent.
56 Correct driver's seat position>>
En
teri
ng
and
set
tin
g u
p.
Rthe driver must be able to see all the dis-plays in the instrument cluster clearly.Rmove seat backrest ; to an almost vertical
position.Rsit in a normal upright position.Rthe seat belt must fit snugly across your
body.Rthe seat belt must be routed across the
middle of your shoulder.Rthe seat belt must be routed in your pelvic
area across the hip joints.Radjust the rear-view and exterior mirrors
so that the driver has a good view of theroad and traffic.
Adjusting the seats
Please note
G WARNING
If children adjust the seats, they couldbecome trapped, especially if they areunattended. There is a risk of injury.
When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.
G WARNING
If the driver's seat is not correctlyengaged, it could unexpectedly move whiledriving. This could cause you to lose con-trol of the vehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.
Always ensure that the driver's seat isengaged before starting the vehicle.
G WARNING
When adjusting a seat, you or anothervehicle occupant could become trapped bythe guide rail of the seat, for instance.There is a risk of injury.
Make sure that no one has any part of theirbody within the sweep of the seat whenadjusting it.
G WARNING
The seat belt does not offer the intendedlevel of protection if you have not movedthe backrest to an almost vertical position.When braking or in the event of an acci-dent, you could slide underneath the seatbelt and sustain abdomen or neck injuries,for example. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.
Adjust the seat properly before beginningyour journey. Always ensure that thebackrest is in an almost vertical positionand that the shoulder section of your seat-belt is routed across the centre of yourshoulder.
G WARNING
The steering wheel may move unexpect-edly if you adjust it while driving. Thiscould cause you to lose control of the vehi-cle. There is a risk of an accident.
Make sure that the steering wheel is lockedbefore driving off. Never unlock the steer-ing wheel when the vehicle is in motion.
G WARNING
You could lose control of the vehicle whiledriving if you:
Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheelor mirror
Rfasten the seat belt.
There is a risk of an accident.
Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel ormirror and fasten the seat belt beforestarting the engine.
! Make sure that there are no objects in thefootwell under or behind the seats whenmoving the seats back. There is a risk thatthe seats and/or the objects could be dam-aged.
Observe the safety notes on "Airbags"(Y page 38) and "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 40).
Adjusting the seats 57
>> E
nte
rin
g an
d s
etti
ng
up
.
Z
Adjusting the seat fore-and-aft posi-tion
Seat with a lever
Seat with a handwheel
To adjust the seat fore-and-aft position, theseat belt must not be fastened.
X Lift lever =.X Slide the seat forwards or backwards.
The seat engages audibly.
Adjusting the seat hight (seat with alever only)
X Pull handle ; up or push it down severaltimes.
Adjusting the seat backrest (seat with alever)
X Pull lever : forwards.X At the same time, move the backrest for-
wards or backwards.
Adjusting the seat backrest (seat with ahandwheel)
X Turn handwheel ? forwards or back-wards.
Adjusting the steering wheel
G WARNING
The steering wheel may move unexpect-edly if you adjust it while driving. Thiscould cause you to lose control of the vehi-cle. There is a risk of an accident.
Make sure that the steering wheel is lockedbefore driving off. Never unlock the steer-ing wheel when the vehicle is in motion.
G WARNING
You could lose control of the vehicle whiledriving if you:
Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheelor mirror
Rfasten the seat belt.
There is a risk of an accident.
Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel ormirror and fasten the seat belt beforestarting the engine.
G WARNING
Children could become trapped by thesteering wheel if they adjust it. There is arisk of injury.
When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.
58 Adjusting the steering wheel>>
En
teri
ng
and
set
tin
g u
p.
X Fold down lever :.X Set desired steering wheel height 2.X Fold up lever :.X Check that the steering column is locked.
Adjusting the mirrors
Adjusting the interior mirror
X Move the interior mirror up, down, left orright.
Manually setting the interior mirror toanti-dazzle mode
X Fold lever : forwards.
Understanding automatic anti-dazzlemode of interior mirror
Please note
G WARNING
Electrolyte may escape if the glass in anautomatic anti-dazzle mirror breaks. Theelectrolyte is harmful and causes irrita-tion. It must not come into contact withyour skin, eyes, respiratory organs orclothing or be swallowed. There is a risk ofinjury.
If you come into contact with the electro-lyte, observe the following:
RRinse off the electrolyte from your skinimmediately with water.
RImmediately rinse the electrolyte out ofyour eyes thoroughly with clean water.
RIf the electrolyte is swallowed, immedi-ately rinse your mouth out thoroughly.Do not induce vomiting.
RIf electrolyte comes into contact withyour skin or hair or is swallowed, seekmedical attention immediately.
RImmediately change out of clothingwhich has come into contact with elec-trolyte.
RIf an allergic reaction occurs, seek med-ical attention immediately.
Useful information
The interior mirror automatically goes intoanti-dazzle mode if simultaneously:
Rthe ignition is switched onRincident light from headlamps hits the
sensor in the interior mirrorThe interior mirror does not go into anti-dazzle mode if reverse gear is engaged or ifthe interior lighting is switched on.
Adjusting the mirrors 59
>> E
nte
rin
g an
d s
etti
ng
up
.
Z
Adjusting the exterior mirrors man-ually
G WARNING
You could lose control of the vehicle whiledriving if you:
Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheelor mirror
Rfasten the seat belt.
There is a risk of an accident.
Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel ormirror and fasten the seat belt beforestarting the engine.
G WARNING
The exterior mirrors reduce the size of theimage. Objects visible in the mirrors arecloser than they appear. You could mis-judge the distance from road users drivingbehind you when changing lanes, forinstance. There is a risk of an accident.
You should therefore always look over yourshoulder to determine the actual distancefrom road users driving behind you.
X Move lever : up, down, left or right.
Adjusting the exterior mirrors electri-cally
In order to adjust the exterior mirrors elec-trically, the ignition must be switched on.
X To select the left or right exterior mirror:turn control = left 1 or right 2.
X To adjust the exterior mirrors: move con-trol = up, down, left or right.
Adjusting head restraints in the rearcompartment
Please note
G WARNING
The head restraints cannot provide theintended protection unless they are fittedand adjusted correctly. There is anincreased risk of injury to the head andneck in the event of an accident or suddenbraking, for example.
Always drive with the head restraints fit-ted. Ensure that the centre of the headrestraints support the back of each vehicleoccupant's head at eye level before drivingoff.
Do not interchange the head restraints of thefront and rear seats. Otherwise, you cannotadjust the height and angle of the headrestraints to the correct position.
Raising the head restraints in the rear
X Pull the head restraint up until it engages.
60 Adjusting head restraints in the rear compartment>>
En
teri
ng
and
set
tin
g u
p.
Lowering the head restraints in therear
X Press release button :.X Push the head restraint down.
Adjusting head restraints in the rear compartment 61
>> E
nte
rin
g an
d s
etti
ng
up
.
Z
Running-in a new vehicle
Running-in the engine with due careimproves the engine's performance in lateryears. After 1500 km, the engine speed can beincreased gradually. Also follow the notes onrunning-in when the engine or parts of thedrive train have been replaced.In some drive and driving safety systems, thesensor system resets automatically aftervehicle delivery or repairs. Full systemeffectiveness is not reached until the end ofthis teach-in procedure.
During the first 1500 km of the running-inperiod, note the following:
X Drive at varying vehicle and enginespeeds.
X Avoid high engine loads, such as driving atfull throttle.
X Drive at a speed that is less than Ô themaximum speed.
X Do not use the engine brake to brake.X Vehicles with automatic transmission: do
not depress the accelerator beyond thepressure point (kickdown)
X Vehicles with automatic transmission: ide-ally drive the vehicle in drive program E(Comfort).
New brake pads/linings and discs only reachtheir optimum braking effect after severalhundred kilometres of driving. Therefore,note the following during the running-inperiod:
X Drive carefully.X Brake more firmly.
Starting the engine
Please note
G WARNING
If children are left unsupervised in thevehicle, they could:
Ropen doors, thereby endangering otherpersons or road users
Rget out and be struck by oncoming traffic
Roperate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for example
In addition, the children could also set thevehicle in motion, for example, if they:
Rrelease the parking brake
Rshift the automatic transmission out ofpark position P or shift manual trans-mission into neutral
Rstart the engine
There is a risk of an accident and injury.
When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children and animals unattended inthe vehicle. Keep the keys out of the reachof children.
G WARNING
Combustion engines emit poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxide.Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poi-soning. There is a risk of fatal injury.Therefore never leave the engine runningin enclosed spaces without sufficient ven-tilation.
G WARNING
Flammable materials introduced throughenvironmental influence or by animals canignite if in contact with the exhaust sys-tem or parts of the engine that heat up.There is a risk of fire.
Carry out regular checks to make sure thatthere are no flammable foreign materialsin the engine compartment or in theexhaust system.
G WARNING
If you attach heavy or large objects to thekey, the key could be unintentionallyturned in the ignition lock. This couldcause the engine to be switched off. Thereis a risk of an accident.
Do not attach any heavy or large objects tothe key. Remove any bulky keyrings beforeinserting the key into the ignition lock.
! Do not depress the accelerator whenstarting the engine.
62 Starting the engine>>
Dri
vin
g.
u To insert the key into the ignition lock1 To switch on the power supply2 To switch on the ignition3 To start the engine
Manual transmission
X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.
X Depress the clutch pedal fully.X Select neutral.X Insert the key into the ignition lock.X Turn the key to position 3.
Automatic transmission
X Turn the key to position 3.X Shift out of transmission position j.
Pulling away
Please note
G WARNING
Objects in the driver's footwell can impedepedal travel or block a pedal which isdepressed. This jeopardises safe operationof the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.
Stow all objects in the vehicle safely, sothat they cannot reach the driver's foot-well. Make sure the floormats and carpetsare properly secured so that they cannotslip and obstruct the pedals. Do not layseveral floormats or carpets on top of oneanother.
G WARNING
Unsuitable footwear can hinder correctusage of the pedals, e.g.:
Rshoes with thick soles
Rshoes with high heels
Rslippers
There is a risk of an accident.
Wear suitable footwear to ensure correctusage of the pedals.
G WARNING
If you switch off the ignition while driving,safety-relevant functions are only avail-able with limitations, or not at all. Thiscould affect, for example, the power steer-ing and the brake boosting effect. You willrequire considerably more effort to steerand brake. There is a risk of an accident.
Do not switch off the ignition while driv-ing.
Note the following when pulling away:
RDo not warm up the engine when the vehi-cle is stationary.RDo not drive with the parking brake
applied.RUse caution when pulling away on slippery
surfaces.RDo not allow tyres to spin.RAvoid excessive engine speeds and full
throttle until the engine has reached itsoperating temperature.
Note the following on vehicles with auto-matic transmission:
RDepress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.RPress the release button on the selector
lever.RShift the gear selector lever to position h
or k.
Pulling away 63
>> D
rivi
ng.
Z
Using the parking brake
Please note
G WARNING
If the parking brake has not been fullyreleased when driving, the parking brakecan:
Roverheat and cause a fire
Rlose its hold function.
There is a risk of fire and an accident.Release the parking brake fully beforedriving off.
G WARNING
If you must brake the vehicle with theparking brake, the braking distance isconsiderably longer and the wheels couldlock. This increases the risk of skiddingand an accident.
Only use the parking brake to brake thevehicle when the service brake is faulty. Donot apply the parking brake too firmly. Ifthe wheels lock, release the parking brakeuntil the wheels begin turning again.
G WARNING
If you leave children unattended in thevehicle, they may be able to set the vehiclein motion if, for example, they:
Rrelease the parking brake
Rshift the automatic transmission out ofpark position P or shift manual trans-mission into neutral
Rstart the engine
In addition, they may operate vehicleequipment and become trapped. There is arisk of an accident and injury.
When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.
Applying the parking brake
X Pull parking brake ; upwards.
The brake lights do not light up when youbrake the vehicle with the parking brake.
Releasing the parking brake
X depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.
X Press release button : on parkingbrake ; and move the parking brake downto the stop.
Hill start assist
G WARNING
After a while, hill start assist no longerholds the vehicle and it may roll away.There is a risk of an accident and injury.
Therefore, quickly move your foot from thebrake pedal to the accelerator pedal. Neverleave the vehicle when it is held by hillstart assist.
Hill start assist keeps the vehicle in placewhen driving uphill as soon as the brakepedal is released.Hill start assist is only active in the follow-ing situations:
Rwhen pulling away on an uphill slopeRwhen the parking brake is releasedRvehicles with automatic transmission: the
transmission is not in position iRESP® is functioning correctly.
64 Pulling away>>
Dri
vin
g.
X Release the brake pedal.The vehicle is then held for about one sec-ond.
X Pull away.
Automatic start/stop system
Useful information
The automatic start/stop system automati-cally switches off the engine when the vehi-cle stops moving and starts it up again whenpulling away. All vehicle systems except theheating or climate control system remainactive during automatic engine switch-off.Indicator lamps of the automatic start/stopsystem
Rè conditions fulfilled. The engine isswitched off.Rç conditions not fulfilled, the stop
inhibitor is active. The engine will not stopautomatically.
The engine stops automatically in the fol-lowing situations:
Rthe automatic start/stop system isswitched on.Rthe outside temperature and atmospheric
pressure is within the range that is suit-able for the system.Rthe engine is at normal operating temper-
ature.Rthe temperature in the vehicle interior has
reached the set value.Rthe battery is charged.Rthe windscreen is not misted up (when the
climate control system is switched on).Rthe doors and tailgate are closed.Rthe driver's seat belt is fastened.Rreverse gear is not engaged.The engine starts automatically in the fol-lowing situations:
Rthe automatic start/stop system isswitched off.Rthe clutch pedal is depressed.Rthe brake is depressed.Rthe vehicle is rolling.Rthe temperature in the vehicle interior dif-
fers from the set temperature.Rthe tailgate is opened.
Rthe windscreen is misted up.Rthe battery charge is too low.
Switching off the engine automatically
Manual transmission
X Stop the vehicle.X Select neutral.X Release the clutch pedal.
The engine is switched off. The è indi-cator lamp lights up in the instrumentcluster.
Automatic transmission
X Stop the vehicle in transmission position Dor N, even when shifting manually.The engine is switched off. The è indi-cator lamp lights up in the instrumentcluster.
Switching off the engine automatically
X Stop the vehicle in transmission position Dor N, even when shifting manually.The engine is switched off. The è indi-cator lamp lights up in the instrumentcluster.
Starting the engine automatically
Manual transmission
X Depress the clutch pedal.
! Vehicles with manual transmission: onlyengage gear when the clutch pedal isdepressed.
Automatic transmission
X Release the brake pedal.
Starting the engine automatically
X Release the brake pedal.
Automatic start/stop system 65
>> D
rivi
ng.
Z
Deactivating/activating the automaticstart/stop system
When the ignition is switched on again, theautomatic start/stop system is activatedautomatically.
X Press the switch symbol.The indicator lamp lights up when theautomatic start/stop system is deactivatedor there is a malfunction.On-board computer with colour display:the display shows a message.
Manual transmission
Shifting to neutral
X Depress the clutch pedal fully.X Move the gear lever to position i.
Engaging a gear
X Depress the clutch pedal fully.X Engage a gear.
Engaging reverse gear
! Only engage reverse gear with the engineat idling speed and the vehicle stationary.You could otherwise damage the manualtransmission.
X Depress the clutch pedal fully.X Select neutral.X smart 66 kW turbo: pull the sleeve on the
gear lever upwards.X Push the gear lever back to the right to
position k.
Automatic transmission
Please note
G WARNING
If the engine speed is above the idlingspeed and you engage transmission posi-tion D or R, the vehicle could pull awaysuddenly. There is a risk of an accident.
When engaging transmission position D orR, always firmly depress the brake pedaland do not simultaneously accelerate.
G WARNING
When the engine is switched off, the auto-matic transmission shifts into neutralposition N. The vehicle may roll away.There is a risk of an accident.
Always shift to parking position P beforeswitching off the engine. Secure the parkedvehicle against rolling away by applyingthe parking brake.
In position D, the transmission automati-cally selects the gears based on the followingcriteria:
Rselected drive programRposition of the accelerator pedalRspeed driven
66 Automatic transmission>>
Dri
vin
g.
Transmission position display
! Only engage park position B when thevehicle is stationary. Otherwise, you coulddamage the transmission.
! Only shift into reverse gear C whenthe vehicle is stationary. Otherwise, youcould damage the transmission.
! Only shift into neutral A when thevehicle is stationary. Otherwise, you coulddamage the transmission.
: Transmission position display; Drive program display
The following transmission positions areavailable:
RB Park positionPosition P should not be used to brake thevehicle when parking. To secure the vehi-cle, apply the parking brake in addition toshifting to transmission position P.RC Reverse gearRA Neutral
No power is transmitted from the engine tothe drive wheels.R7 Drive
The automatic transmission changes gearautomatically. All forward gears are avail-able.
Changing the transmission position
B Park position with parking lockC Reverse gearA Neutral7 Drive
The ignition must be switched on in order toshift the transmission to positions j, i ork. To shift the transmission from position P,you must also depress the brake pedal.
X Press release knob :.X Shift the selector lever to the desired
transmission position.
Maximum acceleration (kickdown)
To reach maximum acceleration, use kick-down:
X Depress the accelerator pedal beyond thepressure point.The transmission shifts to a lower geardepending on the engine speed.
X Ease off the accelerator pedal once thedesired speed is reached.The automatic transmission shifts to ahigher gear.
Selecting drive programs
Two drive programs are available with dif-ferent characteristics. The automatic trans-mission switches to drive program E everytime the engine is started.
Automatic transmission 67
>> D
rivi
ng.
Z
Drive program E (Comfort) is characterisedby the following:
Rcomfortable driving styleRoptimum fuel consumption through early
upshiftingRdriving at low engine speeds; the wheels
are less likely to spinDrive program S (Dynamic) is characterisedby the following:
Rdynamic, active driving styleRlate upshiftingRpossibly higher fuel consumption
X Press program selector button :.The letter of the selected drive programappears in the display.
Changing gear manually
Useful information
On vehicles with an automatic transmission,you can shift gears manually using theselector lever or shift paddles. If it is per-missible, the automatic transmission shiftsto the next highest or next lowest gear.When manual shifting is activated, the cur-rent gear is shown in the display.Two options are available for manual shift-ing:
Rpermanent manual gearshiftingRshort-term manual gearshifting (vehicles
with Sleek Style package)
Permanent manual gearshifting
Activating
X Shift the gear selector lever to position D.X Push the selector lever to the left.
Deactivating
X Push the selector lever to the right.
Short-term manual gearshifting (vehi-cles with Sleek Style package)
Activating
68 Automatic transmission>>
Dri
vin
g.
X Shift the gear selector lever to position D.X Pull shift paddle : or ;.
The short-term setting remains active for acertain length of time. Under certain condi-tions this minimum amount of time isincreased, e.g. when driving up a steep slope.
DeactivatingX Pull and hold shift paddle ;.
Shifting with the selector lever
Shifting up
X Push the selector lever in the W direc-tion.The automatic transmission shifts up tothe next gear.
DownshiftingX Push the selector lever in the X direc-
tion.The automatic transmission shifts down tothe next gear.
When coasting, the automatic transmissionshifts down.If the engine exceeds the maximum enginespeed when shifting down, the automatictransmission protects against engine dam-age by not shifting down.
Shifting with the shift paddles (vehicleswith Sleek Style package)
Shifting up
X Pull shift paddle ;.The automatic transmission shifts up tothe next gear.
DownshiftingX Pull shift paddle :.
The automatic transmission shifts down tothe next gear.
When coasting, the automatic transmissionshifts down.If the engine exceeds the maximum enginespeed when shifting down, the automatictransmission protects against engine dam-age by not shifting down.
Using the RACE START function(BRABUS 80 kW)
Please note
G WARNING
If you use RACE START, individual wheelsmay spin and the vehicle may skid. Thedanger of skidding and having an accidentincreases. Make sure, that no persons orobstacles are located in the vicinity of thevehicle.
Useful information
RACE START gives the vehicle optimumacceleration from a standstill. This function
Using the RACE START function (BRABUS 80 kW) 69
>> D
rivi
ng.
Z
is automatically deactivated after the accel-eration process.If RACE START is used repeatedly in quicksuccession, it will only become availableagain after driving a certain distance.RACE START can be activated under the fol-lowing conditions:
Rthe engine is at normal operating temper-ature.Rthe outside temperature and atmospheric
pressure is within the range that is suit-able for the system.RESP® is functioning correctly.Rthe vehicle is stationary and the brake is
sufficiently depressed (left foot).
Activating RACE START
X Turn the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position.
X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.
X Press the accelerator forcefully.A high engine speed is displayed.
X Release the brake pedal quickly.The vehicle pulls away with maximumacceleration.
Cancelling RACE START
X Remove your foot from the acceleratorpedal.The engine speed falls.
Using the turn signals
The ignition must be switched on in order touse the turn signals.
X To indicate: press the combination switchin the direction of arrow 1 (right) or 2(left) past the point of resistance.
X To indicate briefly: press the combinationswitch briefly to the point of resistance.The turn signal flashes three times.
Driving economically
Notes on economical driving
H Environmental note
CO2 (carbon dioxide) is the gas which sci-
entists believe to be principally responsi-ble for global warming (the greenhouseeffect). Your vehicle's CO2 emissions are
directly related to fuel consumption andtherefore depend on:
Refficient use of the fuel by the engine
Rdriving style
Rother non-technical factors, such asenvironmental influences, road condi-tions or traffic flow
You can minimise your vehicle's CO2 emis-
sions by driving carefully and having itserviced regularly.
Conservative driving and regular vehiclemaintenance help minimise CO2 emissions.
i Only for certain countries: you can findthe current consumption and emissionvalues of your vehicle in the COC docu-ments (EU CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY).These documents are delivered with yourvehicle.The consumption figures were in each casebased on the currently applicable version:Rfor vehicles that comply with or exceed
the EURO 5 standard, in accordance withRegulation (EC) No. 715/2007
Deviations from these values may occurunder normal operating conditions.
Recommendations for driving economically:
Rmake sure the tyre pressures are correctRavoid unnecessary loadsRwarm up the engine while driving at low
engine speeds
70 Driving economically>>
Dri
vin
g.
Rvehicles with manual transmission: changeto a higher gear in good timeRvehicles with automatic transmission:
drive the vehicle in drive program E (Com-fort)Raccelerate moderatelyRdrive with careRrelease the accelerator pedal in good timeRallow the vehicle to coast without using
the brakesRhave maintenance work carried out at the
specified service intervals
H Environmental note
Avoid excessive engine speeds. Thisunnecessarily increases the fuel con-sumption of your vehicle and harms theenvironment as a result of increased emis-sions.
Monitoring the rev counter
Rev counter and dashboard clock
Rev counter : with dashboard clock ; canbe adjusted to the left or right.
Overrevving range
The overrevving range of the engine is shownwith dashed lines in the orange marking ofrev counter :. The fuel supply is interrup-ted to protect the engine when the overrev-ving range is reached.
X Regularly check the engine speed whiledriving.
X If a high engine speed is displayed, shiftup a gear.
Gearshift recommendations
The gearshift recommendations assist you inadopting an economical driving style.
Monochrome display (manual transmission)
Monochrome display (automatic transmission,manual gearshift)
Colour display (manual transmission)
Driving economically 71
>> D
rivi
ng.
Z
Colour display (automatic transmission, man-ual gearshift)
X Depending on gearshift recommenda-tion :, shift up or down a gear.
Understanding the eco score display inthe on-board computer
Useful information
The eco score display provides informationon how to drive economically.A higher percentage indicates a more eco-nomical driving style.The percentage count in the eco score dis-play only appears after covering a distanceof approx. 400 m. If the ignition remainsswitched off for longer than 4 hours, the ecoscore display will be reset.
Monochrome display
The percentage of the eco score displayincreases when you:
Raccelerate with moderationRavoid unnecessary acceleration and
decelerationRfollow gearshift recommendations in the
display
Colour display
The percentage in the eco score display iscalculated using the following categories:
Raccelerate: the value increases withmoderate acceleration.Ranticipatory: the value increases when
unnecessary acceleration and decelera-tion is avoided.RVehicles with manual transmission: shift:
the value increases when gearshift rec-ommendations in the display are followed.
Using the eco score display in the smartMedia-System
Calling up the eco score menu
X Select Vehicle > eco score.
Evaluating the current trip
X Select Current trip .The following rating information and val-ues appear:RBar graphs for accelerate, anticipa‐tory and shiftRBar graphs for Speed and AnticipationRDistance coveredRTotal eco score as a percentage
72 Driving economically>>
Dri
vin
g.
Saving the current trip
X Select Current trip > Save.X Select the category under which you want
to save the trip.The values for the current trip will beadded to the category selected and thecurrent trip will be reset. In the instrumentcluster, the trip computer values will bereturned to “From reset”.The values for the current trip will beadded to the category selected and thecurrent trip will be reset. In the instrumentcluster, the values for the "From start" tripcomputer and eco score display will bereset.
Comparing the current trip with thesaved trips from a category
: Last trip saved in this category; Average value for the category= Best trip in the category
X Select Current trip > W > Compare.X Select category.
A comparison of the values for the currenttrip with the values of the selected cate-gory appears.
X Select the comparison value :, ; or =.The current trip is compared to the respec-tive comparison value from the category.
Resetting the current trip data
X Select Current trip > Reset.X Select Yes.
In the instrument cluster, the trip com-puter values will be returned to “Fromreset”.
In the instrument cluster, the values forthe "From start" trip computer and ecoscore display will be reset.
Activating/deactivating eco score after atrip
X To activate: select Current trip > W >Show eco score after trip.
X To deactivate: select Current trip > W >Hide eco score after trip.
Displaying eco score for saved trips in acategory
X Select Vehicle > eco score > My prefer‐red trips.
X Select category.eco score contains the following compari-son values for each category:RSummaryRLast valueRAverage valueRBest valueThe following types of evaluations areavailable for the Last trip saved cate-gory:RSummaryRDetailed report
Renaming a category
At least one trip must be stored in the respec-tive category.
X Select Vehicle > eco score > My prefer‐red trips > W > Rename this category.
Resetting the eco score of one category
At least one trip must be stored in the respec-tive category.
X Select Vehicle > eco score > My prefer‐red trips > W > Reset this category.
Driving economically 73
>> D
rivi
ng.
Z
Braking correctly
Please note
G WARNING
The braking system can overheat if youleave your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving. This increases the braking dis-tance and could even cause the brakingsystem to fail. There is a risk of an acci-dent.
Never use the brake pedal as a footrest. Donot simultaneously depress both the brakepedal and the accelerator pedal whiledriving.
G WARNING
If you shift down on a slippery road surfacein an attempt to increase the engine'sbraking effect, the drive wheels could losetheir grip. This increases the risk of skid-ding and having an accident.
Do not shift down for additional enginebraking on a slippery road surface.
Braking on steep downhill gradients
The engine's braking effect reduces the loadon the brake system.
X On long and steep downhill gradients,downshift to a lower gear in good time
Braking on wet road surfaces
There may be a delayed brake response whendriving on wet roads, after driving through acar wash or after driving through deep water.
X Maintain a greater distance to the vehiclein front.
X Brake more firmly.
Braking on salt-treated roads
When driving on salt-treated roads, a layerof salt may form on the brake discs and pads.This increases the vehicle's braking dis-tance.
X In order to prevent any salt build-up,apply the brakes occasionally while pay-ing attention to the traffic conditions.
X Brake carefully at the end of the journeyand when starting the next journey.
X Maintain a greater distance to the vehiclein front.
Driving on wet roads
Aquaplaning
Depending on driving style and tyre treaddepths, aquaplaning can occur on the road.Adapt your driving style as follows:
X Reduce the speed.X Brake carefully.X Avoid sudden steering movements.X Avoid tyre ruts.
Fording
! Bear in mind that vehicles travelling infront or in the opposite direction createwaves. This may cause the maximum per-missible water depth to be exceeded.These notes must be observed under allcircumstances. You could otherwise dam-age the engine, the electronics or thetransmission.
Observe the following when driving throughstanding water:
X Do not drive through water that is higherthan the lower edge of the vehicle body.
X Drive at walking pace.
Winter driving
G WARNING
If you shift down on a slippery road surfacein an attempt to increase the engine'sbraking effect, the drive wheels could losetheir grip. This increases the risk of skid-ding and having an accident.
Do not shift down for additional enginebraking on a slippery road surface.
74 Winter driving>>
Dri
vin
g.
G DANGER
If the exhaust pipe is blocked or sufficientventilation is not possible, poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxidemay enter the vehicle. This is the case, forexample, if the vehicle gets stuck in snow.There is a risk of fatal injury.
If you have to leave the engine running,keep the exhaust pipe and the area aroundthe vehicle free of snow. Open a window onthe leeward side of the vehicle to ensure anadequate supply of fresh air.
X Before the start of winter, have the vehiclechecked at a qualified specialist work-shop.
X Use winter tyres and, if applicable, snowchains.
X Drive carefully and avoid sudden acceler-ation, turning and braking on slipperyroad surfaces.
X Do not use cruise control.X If the vehicle skids, take corrective steer-
ing actions to counteract the movement.X Vehicles with automatic transmission: if
the vehicle skids, shift the transmission toposition i.
X Do not use the outside temperature displayas a way to determine if conditions are icy.
X Observe the road surface.
Lane Keeping Assist
Please note
G WARNING
Lane Keeping Assist cannot always clearlydetect lane markings.
In such cases, Lane Keeping Assist can:
Rissue an unnecessary warning
Rnot issue a warning
There is a risk of an accident.
Always pay particular attention to thetraffic situation and keep within the lane,especially if Lane Keeping Assist alertsyou.
G WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist warning does notreturn the vehicle to the original lane.There is a risk of an accident.
Always steer, apply the brakes or acceler-ate the vehicle yourself, especially if LaneKeeping Assist alerts you.
Lane Keeping Assist issues an acoustic andvisual warning when a vehicle unintention-ally leaves the lane.Lane Keeping Assist uses a camera which islocated on the windscreen behind the rear-view mirror.Lane Keeping Assist does not keep your vehi-cle in its lane. The driver is responsible fordriving the vehicle in a safe manner andstaying within the lane.Lane Keeping Assist could be impaired or failto respond under the following conditions:
Rpoor visibilityRstrong glaring lightRdirty windscreen in the camera areaRunclear or broken lane markingsRvery narrow and winding roadsRhighly variable shade conditions on the
roadWhen the turn signal is set, warnings aresuppressed for a certain period of time.No warning is given in the following situa-tions:
Rwhen crossing a lane marking quicklyRat speeds below 70 km/hOn-board computer with monochrome dis-play: the ¸ and ¤ symbols in the dis-play indicate the status of Lane KeepingAssist:
R¸: speed is below 70 km/h or lanes arenot detected due to external causes. Nowarning is given when the vehicle leavesthe lane.R¤: speed is above 70 km/h and the sys-
tem is able to detect lane markings. Awarning is given if the vehicle uninten-tionally leaves the detected lane.
Lane Keeping Assist 75
>> D
rivi
ng.
Z
On-board computer with colour display: The¸ symbol in the display indicates thestatus of Lane Keeping Assist:
R¸ lights up white: speed is below70 km/h or lanes are not detected due toexternal causes. No warning is given whenthe vehicle leaves the lane.R¸ lights up green: speed is above
70 km/h and the system is able to detectlane markings. A warning is given if thevehicle unintentionally leaves the detec-ted lane.
Activating and deactivating LaneKeeping Assist
X Press the switch.When Lane Keeping Assist is deactivated,
the LED on the switch lights up.On-board computer with colour display:the display also shows a message.
When the ignition is restarted, the last set-ting of Lane Keeping Assist is retained.
Cruise control and limiter
Please note
G WARNING
If you call up the stored speed and thisdiffers from your current speed, the vehi-cle will accelerate. If you do not know thestored speed, the vehicle can accelerateunexpectedly. There is a risk of an acci-dent.
Before you call up the stored speed, payattention to traffic conditions. If you do not
know the stored speed, store the desiredspeed again.
Cruise control is used in order to drive at aconstant speed for a prolonged period. Thelimiter helps to avoid exceeding a storedspeed.The driver is responsible for driving thevehicle in a safe manner, controlling thevehicle speed and braking in good time.If there is a change of drivers, inform the newdriver of the speed stored.The two driver assist systems require thefollowing:
Rfavourable weather and good visibilityRgood road and traffic conditionsThe cruise control and limiter systems do notbrake automatically.
Rreduce the vehicle speed by applying thebrakesRon long and steep downhill gradients,
downshift to a lower gear in good timeSpeed regulation is cancelled when the fol-lowing occur:
Rbraking (including the parking brake)RESP® interventionOn downhill gradients or when acceleratingbriefly, cruise control may interrupt speedregulation. Afterwards, the set speed isapplied again.On downhill slopes, the limiter can exceedthe set speed. In this case, the stored speedflashes in the display and a warning tonesounds.Cruise control is ready for use at speedsabove 30 km/h. With the limiter, speeds of30 km/h and over can be set as the maximumspeed.Cruise control and limiter cannot be activa-ted at the same time.
76 Cruise control and limiter>>
Dri
vin
g.
Activating cruise control or the limiter
X Press top (cruise control) or bottom (lim-iter) of button :.The ¯ (cruise control) or È (limiter)button appears in the instrument clusterdisplay.
Storing the current speed
X Press ® button ;.Limiter: the stored speed appears next tothe È symbol in the instrument clusterdisplay.Cruise control: the stored speed appearsnext to the ¯ symbol in the instrumentcluster display.
Adjusting the stored speed
X Press (+) or (-) button ; until the desiredspeed is reached.
Interrupting cruise control and thelimiter
X Press ± button ?.The stored speed can be accessed againlater.
The stored speed is deleted when the engineis switched off.
Calling up the stored speed
X Press ° button =.X Cruise control: release the accelerator
pedal.
Deactivating cruise control or the lim-iter
X Press button : to OFF centre position. The¯ or È symbol in the instrumentcluster display goes out. The stored speedis deleted.
The stored speed is deleted when the engineis switched off.
Refuelling
Refuelling notes
G WARNING
Fuel is highly flammable. If you handlefuel incorrectly, there is a risk of fire andexplosion.
You must avoid fire, naked flames, creatingsparks and smoking. Switch off the engineand, if applicable, the auxiliary heatingbefore refuelling.
G WARNING
Fuels are poisonous and hazardous tohealth. There is a danger of injury.
Do not swallow fuel or let it come into con-tact with skin, eyes or clothing. Do notinhale fuel vapours. Keep fuels out of thereach of children.
If you or others come into contact with fuel,observe the following:
RWash the fuel off any affected areas ofskin with water and soap immediately.
RIf you get fuel in your eyes, rinse themthoroughly with clean water immedi-ately. Seek immediate medical attention.
RIf fuel is swallowed, seek immediatemedical attention. Do not induce vomit-ing.
RChange any clothing that has come intocontact with fuel immediately.
! Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with apetrol engine. Do not switch on the ignitionif you accidentally refuel with the wrongfuel. Otherwise, the fuel will enter the fuel
Refuelling 77
>> D
rivi
ng.
Z
system. Even small amounts of the wrongfuel can result in damage to the fuel sys-tem and the engine. Notify a qualified spe-cialist workshop and have the fuel tankand fuel lines drained completely.
! The BRABUS engine is designed forunleaded fuel with a minimum octane rat-ing of 98 RON/88 MON. In countries whereunleaded fuel with a minimum octane rat-ing of 98 RON is not available, you can useunleaded fuel with an octane rating of95 RON in emergencies. This may reduceengine performance and increase fuel con-sumption. When transporting a heavyload, using fuel with 95 RON may result inengine damage. smart recommends thatyou always operate your vehicle (petrolengine) with unleaded fuel which has aminimum octane rating of 98 RON/88 MON.
! Only refuel using unleaded petrol with atleast 95 RON, which conforms to the Euro-pean standard EN 228 or E DIN or an equiv-alent specification.Fuel of this specification may contain up to10% ethanol. Your vehicle is suitable foruse with E10 fuel. You may refuel yourvehicle using E10 fuel.Fuel that does not conform to EN 228 canlead to increased wear as well as damage tothe fuel system, engine and exhaust sys-tem.
! Only use the fuel recommended. Operat-ing the vehicle with other fuels can lead todamage to the fuel system, engine andexhaust system.
! Operation of the engine with fuel addi-tives added later can cause engine dam-age. Therefore, do not mix any fuel addi-tives with the fuel. This does not includeadditives for the removal and preventionof residue build-up. Petrol must only bemixed with additives recommended bysmart. Observe the instructions for use inthe product description. For further infor-mation on recommended additives enquireat any smart centre.
! Use a filter when adding fuel from a fuelcan. The fuel lines and/or the fuel injectionsystem could otherwise be blocked by par-ticles from the fuel can.
! Take care not to spill any fuel on paintedsurfaces. You could otherwise damage thepaintwork.
For further information on fuel and fuelquality (Y page 206).The available fuel grade in some countriesmay be inadequate. In this case, add the rec-ommended additives. Observe the notes andmixing ratios specified on the container.BRABUS 80 kW: only refuel using unleadedsuper grade petrol with an octane rating of atleast 98 RON/88 MON if you want maximumperformance from the engine. In emergenciesyou can also use unleaded petrol with anoctane rating of at least 95 RON/85 MON.The arrow of symbol 8 shows the positionof the fuel filler cap in the instrument clusterdisplay.
Refuelling
G WARNING
Electrostatic charge can cause sparks andthereby ignite fuel vapours. There is a riskof fire and explosion.
Always touch the vehicle body beforeopening the fuel filler flap or touching thefuel pump nozzle. This discharges anyelectrostatic charge that may have builtup.
Do not get into the vehicle again during therefuelling process. There is a risk of creatingan electrostatic charge.
= Fuel type instruction label
X Switch off the engine.X Remove the key from the ignition lock.
78 Refuelling>>
Dri
vin
g.
X Open fuel filler flap : in the direction ofthe arrow.
X Turn the fuel filler cap anti-clockwise andremove it from the filler neck.
X Hang the fuel filler cap on the hook on theinside of fuel filler flap ;.
X Insert the filler neck of the fuel pump noz-zle all the way into the tank and refuel.
X Only fill the fuel tank until the pump noz-zle switches off. The fuel may otherwiseleak out. Overfilling the fuel tank can dam-age the fuel system.
X Replace the fuel filler cap on the filler neckand turn it clockwise.
X Close the fuel filler flap.
Refuelling 79
>> D
rivi
ng.
Z
Switching on the lighting
Useful information
The driver must ensure that the light set-tings match the current weather, light andtraffic conditions.For reasons of safety, smart recommends thatyou drive with the daytime driving lights ordipped-beam headlamps switched on evenduring the daytime.A warning tone sounds if the lights are stillon when you leave the vehicle.In some countries, operation of the head-lamps varies due to legal requirements andself-imposed obligations.
: Combination switch control; Marking
Activating automatic headlamp mode
G WARNING
When the light switch is set to Ã, thedipped-beam headlamps may not beswitched on automatically if there is fog,snow or other causes of poor visibility dueto the weather conditions such as spray.There is a risk of an accident.
In such situations, turn the light switch toL.
While the engine is running, the light settingis selected automatically according to thebrightness of the ambient light. Ã con-trols the daytime driving lights, side lampsand dipped-beam headlamps. The automaticheadlamp feature is only an aid. The driver isresponsible for the vehicle's lighting at alltimes.
X Turn combination switch control : to theà position.
When one or more of the following occurs, thelights are switched off automatically:
RThe engine is switched off.RThe driver's door is opened.RThe vehicle is locked.RThe main-beam headlamps are not
switched on when the vehicle is station-ary.
Switching on the dipped-beam head-lamps
X Turn combination switch control : to theL position.The L indicator lamp lights up in theinstrument cluster.
Switching the main-beam headlampson or off
The engine must be running.
X Turn the combination switch control to theà or K position.
X To switch on: press the combination switchin the direction of arrow 1.
X To switch off: move the combination switchback to its original position.
The K indicator lamp in the instrumentcluster lights up when the main-beam head-lamps are switched on.
80 Switching on the lighting>>
En
suri
ng
good
vis
ibil
ity
.
Using the headlamp flasher
X Pull the combination switch in the direc-tion of arrow 2.
Switching on the side lamps
X Turn combination switch control : to theT position.
Switching the foglamps and rear fog-lamp on and off
Only vehicles with front foglamps have the"Foglamps" function.
: Combination switch middle ring; Marking
Switch on the ignition and either the sidelamps or the dipped beam headlamps in orderto switch on the fog lamps.Start the engine and switch on either the sidelamps or dipped beam headlamps in order toswitch on the rear foglamp.
X To switch on or off manually: turn combi-nation switch middle ring : to the desiredmarking:RO FoglampsRR Rear foglamp
After releasing, the combination switch mid-dle ring returns automatically to the neutralposition.The foglamps and rear foglamp also switchoff automatically in the following situations:
Rthe lights are switched off.Rthe engine is switched off and the control
is in the à position.
Using the cornering light function
Only vehicles with the LED & Sensor packageare equipped with the cornering light func-tion.The cornering light function uses the frontfoglamps to improve the illumination of theroad in the direction in which you are turn-ing, enabling better visibility in tight bends,for example.The following conditions must be fulfilled forthe cornering light function to switch onautomatically:Rthe dipped-beam headlamps are switched
onRthe vehicle is moving at less than
40 km/hRthe turn signal is switched on or the steer-
ing wheel is turned
Adjusting the lighting
Adjusting the headlamp range
The vehicle load can affect the headlamprange. This can impair visibility, and theheadlamps can dazzle oncoming traffic.
The ignition must be switched on in order toset the headlamp range.
X Turn the M headlamp range control tothe position which corresponds to the loadin your vehicle.Rg: Driver's seat occupied or driver's
seat and front-passenger seat occupiedR1: All seats occupied
Adjusting the lighting 81
>> E
nsu
rin
g go
od v
isib
ilit
y.
Z
R2: All seats occupied and luggage com-partment ladenR3: Driver's seat occupied and luggage
compartment ladenOn-board computer with colour display:the display shows a message.
Adjusting the dipped-beam headlampsto left-hand and right-hand traffic
The symmetrical dipped-beam headlampsare required when travelling in countrieswhere vehicles are driven on the oppositeside of the road to that in which the vehicle isregistered. Unlike the asymmetrical dipped-beam headlamps, these headlamps do notdazzle oncoming traffic. Symmetricaldipped-beam headlamps provide less illu-mination to the edge of the carriageway.
X Open the service cover.X Turn the screws of both headlamps as far
as they will go:Rto X for symmetrical dipped-beam
headlampsRto W for asymmetrical dipped-beam
headlampsX Have the dipped-beam headlamp setting
checked at a qualified specialist work-shop.
Using the interior lighting
Switching the interior lighting on andoff
The interior lights go on when you unlock thedoors.
The interior lights switch off in the followingsituations:
RA door is opened and 15 minutes havepassed.RAll doors are closed, the vehicle has been
locked and 15 seconds have passed.RAll doors are closed, the vehicle has not
been locked and 4 minutes have passed.RThe engine has been started.The interior lighting can be activated when adoor is open. After closing the doors, theinterior lighting goes out.
X Press switch : to activate or deactivatethe left-hand reading lamp.
X Move switch ; to the desired position:Rinterior lighting switched onRinterior lighting controlled automati-
callyRinterior lighting switched off
X Press switch = to activate or deactivatethe right-hand reading lamp.
Adjusting the ambient lighting (colourdisplay)
On-board computer with colour display: theambient lighting is set in the on-board com-puter (Y page 104).
Using the windscreen wipers
Switching on the windscreen wipers
Please note
! Do not operate the windscreen wiperswhen the windscreen is dry, as this could
82 Using the windscreen wipers>>
En
suri
ng
good
vis
ibil
ity
.
damage the wiper blades. Moreover, dustthat has collected on the windscreen canscratch the glass if wiping takes placewhen the windscreen is dry.If it is necessary to switch on the wind-screen wipers in dry weather conditions,always operate them using washer fluid.
! Vehicles with a rain sensor: if the wind-screen becomes dirty in dry weather con-ditions, the windscreen wipers may beactivated inadvertently. This could dam-age the windscreen wiper blades orscratch the windscreen.For this reason, you should always switchoff the windscreen wipers in dry weather.
! Make sure that the windscreen wipers arefree of ice. Otherwise the wiper motor mayoverheat.
Wiper blades are subject to wear and tear.smart recommends replacing the wiperblades twice a year. Worn or damaged wiperblades cause smearing on the windscreen. Onvehicles with a rain sensor, malfunctions arethen possible.
Switching continuous wipe on and off
: Control for wipe frequencyu Continuous wipe, off© Automatic wipe1 Continuous wipe, slow2 Continuous wipe, fastî Wiping with washer fluid
The ignition must be switched on in order tooperate the windscreen wipers.
X Press the combination switch down or upto the desired position.
In position 2, the wipe frequency is reducedif the engine is switched off automatically.
In position 1 or in the © position, thewindscreen wipers switch off when theengine is switched off automatically and thedriver's door is opened.
Automatic wipe (vehicles with rain sen-sor)
The rain sensor is only an aid. The driver isresponsible for ensuring good visibility atall times.
X Press the combination switch to the ©position. In automatic wipe mode, theappropriate wiping frequency is setaccording to the intensity of the rain.
X Use control : to set the wipe frequency.
Switching on intermittent wiping
X Press the combination switch to the ©position.
X Use control : to set the wipe frequency.
Wiping with washer fluid
X Pull the combination switch in the direc-tion of arrow î.
Switching the rear window wiper on/off
To operate the rear window wiper, the igni-tion must be switched on.
X Turn the outer control on the combinationswitch to the desired position:R$ Rear window wiper offRè Rear window wiper onRî Wiper with washer fluid
Using the windscreen wipers 83
>> E
nsu
rin
g go
od v
isib
ilit
y.
Z
Activating/deactivating the rear win-dow wiper when reversing
You can switch the "Automatic rear windowwiper when reversing" setting on or off in thesmart Media-System. The rear window wiperis automatically activated for a short whilewhen the ignition is switched on, the windowwipers are switched on and reverse gear isengaged.
X In the smart Media-System, select Vehicle> Settings > Auto rear wipe with reverse gear.The selected setting is highlighted.
X Confirm the setting with Done.
Folding the sun visor to the side
: Mirror cover; Bracket= Retaining strap? Vanity mirror
X Fold the sun visor down.X Pull the sun visor out of retainer ;.X Fold the sun visor to one side
84 Folding the sun visor to the side>>
En
suri
ng
good
vis
ibil
ity
.
Locking and unlocking the doors fromthe inside
Using the door handle to unlock thedoor
X Pull door handle :.
If the vehicle has previously been lockedwith the key, opening a door from the insidewill trigger the anti-theft alarm system. Todisable the alarm, switch on the ignition.
Centrally locking and unlocking thevehicle from the inside
G WARNING
If children are left unsupervised in thevehicle, they could:
Ropen doors, thereby endangering otherpersons or road users
Rget out and be struck by oncoming traffic
Roperate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for example
In addition, the children could also set thevehicle in motion, for example, if they:
Rrelease the parking brake
Rshift the automatic transmission out ofpark position P or shift manual trans-mission into neutral
Rstart the engine
There is a risk of an accident and injury.
When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children and animals unattended in
the vehicle. Keep the keys out of the reachof children.
X To lock: press button :.When the doors are locked, indicatorlamp ; lights up.
X To unlock: press button :.
Activating and deactivating the auto-matic locking feature
The activated automatic locking featurelocks the vehicle automatically when theignition is switched on and the vehicle ismoving.
X When the engine is running, press andhold button : for 5 seconds until a tonesounds.When the automatic locking function isactivated, the locking mechanism engagesaudibly when you pull away. When theautomatic locking function is deactivated,no sound occurs.
Activating the double-lock function
For England only: the double-lock functionprevents the doors from being opened fromthe inside.
G WARNING
When the double locks are activated, thedoors can no longer be opened from theinside. People in the vehicle can no longerget out, e.g. in hazardous situations. Thereis a risk of injury.
Locking and unlocking the doors from the inside 85
>> F
eeli
ng
com
fort
able
in t
he
veh
icle
inte
rior
.
Z
Therefore, do not leave any people unsu-pervised in the vehicle, particularly chil-dren, elderly people or people in need ofspecial assistance. Do not activate thedouble lock when people are in the vehicle.
G WARNING
If persons (particularly children) areexposed to heat or cold for a prolongedperiod, there is a risk of serious or evenfatal injuries. Never leave persons (par-ticularly children) unattended in the vehi-cle.
X Press button : twice.The double-lock function is enabled.
Understanding the reversing feature
The side windows are equipped with an auto-matic reversing feature. If a solid objectblocks or restricts a side window from clos-ing during automatic operation, the sidewindow opens again automatically. Duringthe manual closing process, the side windowonly opens again automatically after thecorresponding switch is released. The auto-matic reversing feature is only an aid. Thedriver is responsible for operating the sidewindows safely.
G WARNING
The reversing function does not react:
Rto soft, light and thin objects, e.g. smallfingers
Rwhile resetting
This means that the reversing feature can-not prevent someone being trapped inthese situations. There is a risk of injury.
When closing, make sure that no parts ofthe body are in the closing area. If someonebecomes trapped, press the switch to openthe side window again.
Opening and closing the windows
Please note
G WARNING
While closing the side windows, body partsin the closing area could become trapped.There is a risk of injury.
When closing make sure that no parts ofthe body are in the closing area. If some-body becomes trapped, release the switchor press the switch to open the side windowagain.
G WARNING
Children could become trapped if theyoperate the side windows, particularlywhen unattended. There is a risk of injury.
When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.
G WARNING
If you close a side window again immedi-ately after it has been blocked or reset, theside window closes with increased or max-imum force. The reversing function is thennot active. Parts of the body could be trap-ped in the closing area in the process. Thisposes an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.
Make sure that no parts of the body are inthe closing area. To stop the closing proc-ess, release the switch or push the switchagain to reopen the side window.
The switches for both side windows are loca-ted on the driver's door. There is also a switchfor the front-passenger window on the front-passenger door. The switch on the driver’sdoor takes precedence.
86 Opening and closing the windows>>
Fee
lin
g co
mfo
rtab
le in
th
e ve
hic
le in
teri
or.
Opening and closing the windows
: Left side window; Right side window
X To open: press the switch.X To close: pull the switch.
Opening and closing windows fully inautomatic mode
X To open the windows fully, press theswitch beyond the point of resistance andrelease it.
X To close the windows fully, pull the switchbeyond the point of resistance and releaseit.
X To stop automatic operation, press theswitch again.
Opening and closing the hinged win-dows of rear doors
Opening the hinged windows
X Fold the lever forwards.X Use the lever to push the hinged window
out to the stop.X Push the lever back until as far as it will go.
Closing the hinged windows
X Fold the lever forwards.X Use the lever to pull in the hinged window.X Push the lever back until as far as it will go.
Opening and closing the folding top
G WARNING
During opening and closing, body parts inthe sweep of the folding top can get trap-ped. There is a risk of injury.
When opening and closing make sure thatno parts of the body are in the sweep.
Release the switch immediately if some-body becomes trapped.
The opening or closing will stop.
G WARNING
Children could become trapped if theyoperate the folding top, particularly whenunattended. There is a risk of injury.
When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.
! Only open the folding top if it is free ofsnow and ice. Otherwise, malfunctionsmay occur.Do not allow anything to protrude from thefolding top. Otherwise, the seals could bedamaged.
Opening and closing the folding top 87
>> F
eeli
ng
com
fort
able
in t
he
veh
icle
inte
rior
.
Z
To open or close the folding top, the ignitionmust be switched on.
X To open: press the switch to position :until the folding top is in the desired posi-tion.
X To close: press the switch to position ;until the folding top is in the desired posi-tion.
i It is possible to open or close the foldingtop while driving at speeds of up to100 km/h.
Operating the climate control system
Useful information
The climate control system is only availablewhen the engine is running.If the climate control system is deactivated,the air supply and circulation are switchedoff. The windows could mist up. You shouldtherefore switch off the climate control sys-tem for brief periods only.In air-recirculation mode, only the air insidethe vehicle is recirculated and no fresh air isintroduced. This is useful in a tunnel or whenthere are unpleasant odours outside thevehicle. In air-recirculation mode, the win-dows may mist up more quickly, particularlywhen the outside temperature is low. There-fore, switch on air-recirculation mode onlybriefly.If the automatic start/stop system switchesthe engine off, the air inside the vehicle willnot be air-conditioned or dehumidified. Thewindows can mist up more quickly. If thewindows mist up, deactivate the automaticstart/stop system. The engine starts again.
The integrated filter in the climate controlsystem keeps out most particles of dust aswell as pollen. The filter reduces the amountof air supplied to the vehicle interior. For thisreason, you should always observe the inter-val for replacing the filter.
Operating the heating
Switching the heating on and off
The engine must be running before the heat-ing can be operated.
X To switch on: turn control ; clockwise.X To switch off: turn control ; to position 0.
Setting the temperature
X Turn control ? in small increments clock-wise or anti-clockwise.
Setting the air distribution
X Turn control : to the desired position:Rz Demister ventsRa Demister vents and footwell ventsRO Footwell ventsRN Centre, side and footwell ventsRP Centre and side air vents
Increasing or decreasing the blowerspeed
X Turn control ; clockwise or anti-clock-wise.
88 Operating the climate control system>>
Fee
lin
g co
mfo
rtab
le in
th
e ve
hic
le in
teri
or.
Activating/deactivating air-recircula-tion mode
X To switch on: slide control A to the left tot.
X To switch off: slide control A to the rightto u.
Demisting the windscreen
X Turn control : to z.X Turn control ; to position 4.X Turn control ? clockwise as far as it will
go.X Slide control A to the right.
Use this setting only until the windscreen isclear again.
Demisting the rear window
When the rear window heating is activated,the exterior mirrors are also heated.
X Press button =.The indicator lamp in the button is lit whenthe rear window heating is activated.
Use this setting only until the rear window isclear again.
Drying windows that are misted up on theinside
X Turn control : to z.
Use this setting only until the windows areclear again.
Drying windows that are misted up on theoutside
X Switch on the windscreen wipers.X Turn control : to z.
Use this setting only until the windows areclear again.
Operating the automatic climate con-trol system
Switching the automatic climate controlsystem on and off
The ignition must be switched on in order tooperate the blower. The engine must be run-ning in order to operate all the functions ofthe automatic climate control system.
X To switch on: press the à button.The indicator lamps below à and¿ light up.
X To switch off: press the ^ button.The indicator lamp below ^ lights up.
Setting the temperature
X Move the slider in small increments to theleft or right.
In automatic mode, the set temperature ismaintained at a constant level. The air dis-tribution and blower speed are regulatedautomatically.
Setting and switching the air distribu-tion off
X Press one or more of the ¯, P, Obuttons.R¯ Demister ventsRP Centre and side air ventsRO Footwell vents
Increasing the blower speed
X Press the K button.
Operating the climate control system 89
>> F
eeli
ng
com
fort
able
in t
he
veh
icle
inte
rior
.
Z
Decreasing the blower speed
X Press the I button.
Activating/deactivating air-recircula-tion mode
X Press the À button.The indicator lamp above À lights upwhen air-recirculation mode is activated.
Switching "Cooling with air dehumidifi-cation" on or off
The "Cooling with air dehumidification"function cools and dehumidifies the airinside the vehicle during warm weather.The engine must be running in order to use"Cooling with air dehumidification".
X To switch on: press the K and¿ button.The indicator lamp below ¿ lights upwhen the function is activated.
In damp weather, only switch off the "Coolingwith air dehumidification" function briefly.Otherwise the windows can mist up morequickly.
Demisting the windscreen
X Press the ¬ button.The indicator lamp above ¬ lights upwhen the windscreen is being demisted.
Use this setting only until the windscreen isclear again.
Demisting the rear window
When the rear window heating is activated,the exterior mirrors are also heated.
X Press the ¤ button.The indicator lamp above ¤ lights upwhen the rear window heating is activated.
Use this setting only until the rear window isclear again.
Drying windows that are misted up on theinside
X Press the ¿ button.X Press the à button.X If the windows are still misted up, press
the ¬ button.
Use this setting only until the windows areclear again.
Drying windows that are misted up on theoutside
X Switch on the windscreen wipers.X Press the ¬ button.
Use this setting only until the windows areclear again.
Adjusting the air vents
Please note
G WARNING
Very hot or very cold air can flow from theair vents. This could result in burns orfrostbite in the immediate vicinity of theair vents. There is a risk of injury.
Make sure that all vehicle occupantsalways maintain a sufficient distance tothe air outlets. If necessary, redirect theairflow to another area of the vehicle inte-rior.
G WARNING
If you pour cleaning fluid or disinfectantinto the vehicle's ventilation system, itmay ignite. There is a risk of fire.
Never spray these or other agents into theventilation system. Always have work onthe ventilation system carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.
90 Operating the climate control system>>
Fee
lin
g co
mfo
rtab
le in
th
e ve
hic
le in
teri
or.
Keep the following rules in mind for optimalclimate control:
RKeep the air slots between the servicecover and windscreen clear of blockages.RDo not cover the vents or ventilation grilles
in the vehicle interior.ROpen the air vents fully.
Opening and closing the air vents
X To open 1: turn the vent outwards.X To close 2: turn the vent inwards.
Directing the air vents
X Turn the air vents upwards, downwards, tothe left or to the right as desired.
Switching the seat heating on and off
G WARNING
If you repeatedly switch on seat heating,the seat cushion and backrest paddingmay become very hot. The health of vehicleoccupants with limited temperature sen-sitivity or a limited ability to react to hightemperatures may be affected or they mayeven suffer burn-like injuries. There is arisk of injury.
Therefore, do not switch on the seat heat-ing repeatedly.
! Heat accumulation can occur if the seatheating is switched on and there areobjects or underlays placed on the seats,e.g. seat cushions or child seats.This can lead to damage to the seat surface.
Make sure that no objects or underlays areplaced on the seats when the seat heatingis switched on.
The seat heating only works when the igni-tion is switched on.
X Press button ;.Indicator lamp : lights up when seatheating is activated.
Using the accessories
Using the cigarette lighter
G WARNING
You can burn yourself if you touch the hotheating element or the socket of the ciga-rette lighter.
In addition, flammable materials canignite if:
Rthe hot cigarette lighter falls
Ra child holds the hot cigarette lighter toobjects, for example
There is a risk of fire and injury.
Always hold the cigarette lighter by theknob. Always make sure that the cigarettelighter is out of reach of children. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.
Using the accessories 91
>> F
eeli
ng
com
fort
able
in t
he
veh
icle
inte
rior
.
Z
The cigarette lighter only works when theignition is switched on.
X Press cigarette lighter :.When cigarette lighter : is hot, it pops upautomatically.
Using the ash tray
! The cup holder in the centre console isnot heat resistant. Before placing lit ciga-rettes in the ashtray, make sure that theashtray is fully inserted in the cup holder.Make sure that lit cigarettes do not fall intothe cup holder.Otherwise, the cup holder could be dam-aged.
X To open: lift up cover :.X To close: push down cover :.X To remove: pull the ashtray up and out.X To insert: insert the ashtray into the cup
holder.
Using the 12 V socket
X Turn the key to position 1 in the ignitionlock.
X Lift up the cover of socket :.X Connect the device.
The socket can be used for accessories up to amaximum draw of 120 W (15 A).If you use the socket for very long periodswhen the engine is switched off, the 12 Vbattery may discharge.
Fitting and removing the floormats
G WARNING
Objects in the driver's footwell mayrestrict the clearance around the pedals orblock a depressed pedal. This jeopardisesthe operating and road safety of the vehi-cle. There is a risk of an accident.
Stow all objects securely in the vehicle sothat they do not get into the driver's foot-well. Always fit the floormats securely andas prescribed in order to ensure that thereis always sufficient room for the pedals. Donot use loose floormats and do not placeseveral floormats on top of one another.
92 Using the accessories>>
Fee
lin
g co
mfo
rtab
le in
th
e ve
hic
le in
teri
or.
X Slide the driver's seat backwards.X To install: press securing knobs : onto
retainers ;.X To remove: release securing knobs : from
retainers ;.
Tablet bracket for iPad Air®
Useful information
iPad Air® tablets can be attached to the backof the front seats using the tablet bracket inthe rear.The tablet bracket offers the following func-tions:
RThe attachment can be rotated 180° allow-ing the iPad® to be used in portrait or land-scape mode.RThe attachment can be gently tilted allow-
ing individual setting.
Please note
G WARNING
The iPad® distracts the driver from thetraffic situation. This could cause thedriver to lose control of the vehicle.
There is a risk of an accident.
The driver must never use the iPad® whiledriving.
Always keep the iPad® away from the driv-er's field of vision.
G WARNING
A bracket fitted in the vehicle without anattachment could be thrown around and
thereby hit vehicle occupants, for examplein the event of an accident, braking or asudden change in direction.
There is a risk of injury.
Make sure that the entire tablet bracket issecurely mounted in the fitting.
When removing the iPad® or the attach-ment, remove the entire tablet bracket.
! When adjusting and folding the seatswith the tablet bracket mounted, contactwith adjacent components may occur. If acharging cable is connected to the tabletbracket, the charging cable or the USB portmay be damaged.In order to avoid damage adjust the seatswith the appropriate caution.When folding down the rear bench seat,ensure that the rear bench seat does notcollide with the tablet bracket.
When operating the smart Rear Seat Enter-tainment System, you must observe the legalrequirements for the country in which youare currently driving.Further information on the tablet bracket isavailable from any smart centre.
Using the accessories 93
>> F
eeli
ng
com
fort
able
in t
he
veh
icle
inte
rior
.
Z
Mounting the tablet bracket
i Before mounting, ensure that no objects,e.g. coat hangers, are on the headrests.
X Mount bracket : on the back of attach-ment ; until the bracket : audiblyengages.
X Insert tablet bracket ? with the bracketforwards into fitting = until the tabletbracket audibly engages.
Affixing protective film
G WARNING
The display of the iPad® may shatter in anaccident. If there is no protective film onthe display, you or other passengers mayreceive eye injuries, for example, causedby fragments.
There is a risk of injury.
Ensure that the protective film is affixed tothe display.
i To avoid air bubbles or dirt getting underthe surface, observe the following tips:
RDo not bend the protective film.RDo not touch the adhesive surface of the
protective film.RUse disposable gloves to affix the pro-
tective film.
X Carefully clean the display of the iPad®.X The adhesive surface of the protective film
is protected by a thin transparent backingfilm. Peel off half the backing film from theprotective film.
X Affix the upper edge of the protective filmto the edge of the display by applying gen-tle pressure.
X Slowly peel off the backing film from theprotective film. At the same time, carefullyapply pressure to the protective film witha suitable implement or plastic card suchas a credit card and smooth over the sur-face.
If air bubbles or dirt particles are presentafter attaching the protective film, proceedas follows:
X Carefully remove the protective film fromthe display.
X Remove dust and impurities.X Attach the protective film once again.
Inserting an iPad Air®
X Turn attachment :, so that the openingfaces the vehicle interior.
X Insert iPad® with Lightning connection ;first into the attachment until the attach-ment audibly locks.
X Move the attachment to the desired posi-tion.
94 Using the accessories>>
Fee
lin
g co
mfo
rtab
le in
th
e ve
hic
le in
teri
or.
Charging the iPad Air® via the USB port
The iPad Air® can be charged via the USB porton the tablet bracket.
This additionally requires:
Ra suitable USB adapter for the 12 V socketRa suitable USB cable for the USB adapter
and USB port on the tablet bracketX Insert the USB adapter into the 12 V socket.X Connect the USB cable with the USB
adapter and the USB port on the tabletbracket.
Removing an iPad Air®
i The iPad® is not designed for the extremetemperatures which can be reached in avehicle and may be damaged. For this rea-son, it is not recommended to leave theiPad® in a parked vehicle.
X Turn attachment, such that the openingfaces the vehicle interior.
X Press button ; on the back of the tabletbracket.The attachment unlocks and the iPad® ispushed a little out of the bracket.
X Remove iPad® :.
Dismantling the tablet bracket
X Press button ; on the bracket.X Pull the tablet bracket out of the fitting.X To remove the bracket from the attach-
ment, press release button : on theattachment.
Using the accessories 95
>> F
eeli
ng
com
fort
able
in t
he
veh
icle
inte
rior
.
Z
Parking
Please note
G WARNING
Flammable material such as leaves, grassor twigs may ignite if they come into con-tact with hot parts of the exhaust system orexhaust gas flow. There is a risk of fire.
Park the vehicle so that no flammablematerial can come into contact with hotvehicle components. In particular, do notpark on dry grassland or harvested grainfields.
G WARNING
If you leave children unattended in thevehicle, they may be able to set the vehiclein motion if, for example, they:
Rrelease the parking brake
Rshift the automatic transmission out ofpark position P or shift manual trans-mission into neutral
Rstart the engine
In addition, they may operate vehicleequipment and become trapped. There is arisk of an accident and injury.
When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.
G WARNING
When the engine is switched off, the auto-matic transmission shifts into neutralposition N. The vehicle may roll away.There is a risk of an accident.
Always shift to parking position P beforeswitching off the engine. Secure the parkedvehicle against rolling away by applyingthe parking brake.
! Always secure the vehicle correctlyagainst rolling away. Otherwise, the vehi-cle or its drivetrain could be damaged.
Switching off the engine
X Apply the parking brake.X Manual transmission: engage first or
reverse gear.X Automatic transmission: shift the trans-
mission to position j.X Turn the key to position u in the ignition
lock and remove it.X On steep uphill or downhill gradients, turn
the front wheels towards the kerb.
Using the parking aid
Useful information
! Pay attention to people and obstacleswhen manoeuvring or parking the car. Thedriver is responsible in these situations.
The electronic parking aid gives an acousticindication of the distance between the vehi-cle and an obstacle behind it.
The parking aid uses three sensors : in therear bumper to monitor the area around thevehicle.The parking aid measures the distancebetween the vehicle and an obstacle. If theproximity to the object behind the vehicle isless than 1.20 m, a short signal is issued. Ifthe object is less than 30 cm away, a contin-uous warning tone is issued.The parking aid might not function correctlyunder the following circumstances:
Ron uneven terrainRif there are obstacles below or above the
sensor detection range
96 Using the parking aid>>
Par
kin
g an
d g
etti
ng
out.
Rnear snow or objects that absorb ultra-sonic wavesRclose to sources of strong ultrasonic radi-
ation, such as pneumatic drillsIf you engage reverse gear while the engineis running, the parking aid is activated.
Deactivating/activating the parkingaid
When you switch on the ignition again, theparking aid is automatically activated.
X Press the switch.When the parking aid is deactivated, the
LED on the switch lights up.
Using the reversing camera
Useful information
! Pay attention to people and obstacleswhen manoeuvring or parking the car. Thedriver is responsible in these situations.
! If the rear of your vehicle is damaged,consult a qualified specialist workshopand have the reversing camera checked.
The reversing camera is a visual parking andmanoeuvring aid. It shows the area behindyour vehicle with guide lines in the smartMedia-System display.
Reversing camera : is located in the smartlogo in the tailgate.The area behind the vehicle is displayed as amirror image in the smart Media-System dis-play.The reversing camera might show a distortedview of obstacles or show them incorrectly ornot at all if:
Rthe obstacle is very close to the rearbumperRthe obstacle is underneath the rear
bumperRthe obstacle is close to the tailgate handleRthe reversing camera is covered by addi-
tional accessories, e.g. a bicycle rackThe function of the reversing camera mightbe limited:
Rif the tailgate is openRif there is snow or heavy rainRin the darkRif a very bright light outshines the cameraRif there is fluorescent light, e.g. from flu-
orescent lamps or LED lightingRif there is a rapid change of temperatureRif the camera lens is dirty
Guide lines in the display
Useful information
! Objects that are not at ground levelappear further away than they actuallyare, for example:
Rthe bumper of the vehicle parked behindRthe drawbar of a trailerRthe ball coupling of a trailer tow hitch
Using the reversing camera 97
>> P
arki
ng
and
get
tin
g ou
t.
Z
Rthe tail-end of a lorryRslanted postsOnly use the image from the reversingcamera as a guide. You may otherwisedamage your vehicle and/or the object.
Guide lines in different colours show the dis-tance of obstacles from the rear of the vehi-cle. Static guide lines do not change when thesteering wheel is turned. Dynamic guidelines change depending on the position ofthe steering wheel.
: Static: vehicle width including exteriormirrors
; Green, static: approx. 1.50 m= Yellow, static: approx. 0.7 m? Red, static: approx. 0.3 mA Blue, dynamic: vehicle width including
exterior mirrors
The distance specifications only apply toobjects that are at ground level.
Activating the reversing camera
The ignition must be switched on to use thereversing camera.
X In the smart Media-System, select Vehicle> Settings > Rear camera > Rear camera view settings > Rear camera view.
X Confirm with Done.X Engage reverse gear.
The area behind the vehicle is shown withguide lines in the smart Media-Systemdisplay.
Switching off the reversing camera
After driving forwards briefly, the reversingcamera will turn itself off.
Adjusting the reversing camera set-tings
X In the smart Media-System, select Vehicle> Settings > Rear camera > Rear camera view settings.
X To select the desired settings:RSwitch Rear camera view on or off.RSwitch Static guidelines on or off.RSwitch Dynamic guidelines on or off.
X Confirm with Done.
Adjusting reversing camera displaysettings
X In the smart Media-System, select Vehicle> Settings > Rear camera > Image settings.
X Adjust the values for Brightness, Satura‐tion and Contrast.
X Confirm the display settings with Done.
Locking the vehicle
G WARNING
If children are left unsupervised in thevehicle, they could:
Ropen doors, thereby endangering otherpersons or road users
Rget out and be struck by oncoming traffic
Roperate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for example
In addition, the children could also set thevehicle in motion, for example, if they:
Rrelease the parking brake
Rshift the automatic transmission out ofpark position P or shift manual trans-mission into neutral
Rstart the engine
98 Locking the vehicle>>
Par
kin
g an
d g
etti
ng
out.
There is a risk of an accident and injury.
When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children and animals unattended inthe vehicle. Keep the keys out of the reachof children.
X Press the & button on the key.The turn signals flash twice.
Priming and deactivating the anti-theft alarm system
Useful information
The immobiliser prevents the vehicle frombeing started without the correct key. It isswitched on and off automatically.The anti-theft alarm system triggers a visualand audible alarm if a door, the tailgate or theservice cover is opened.The alarm is not switched off, even if,for example, you close the open door that hastriggered it.
Priming
X Close the doors.X Close the tailgate.X Close the service cover.X Press the & button on the key. The
alarm system is primed after approx-imately 30 seconds.
Deactivating and switching off thealarm
X Press the % button on the key.
Priming and deactivating the anti-theft alarm system 99
>> P
arki
ng
and
get
tin
g ou
t.
Z
Overview of the on-board computer
Please note
G WARNING
If you operate information and communi-cation equipment integrated in the vehiclewhen driving, you could be distracted fromthe traffic situation. This could also causeyou to lose control of the vehicle. There is arisk of an accident.
Only operate this equipment when thetraffic situation permits. If you cannot besure of this, stop the vehicle paying atten-tion to road and traffic conditions andoperate the equipment with the vehiclestationary.
G WARNING
If the instrument cluster has failed or mal-functioned, you may not recognise func-tion restrictions relevant to safety. Theoperating safety of your vehicle may beimpaired. There is a risk of an accident.
Drive on carefully. Have the vehiclechecked at a qualified specialist workshopimmediately.
If the operating safety of your vehicle isimpaired, you must park the vehicle safely assoon as possible. Consult a qualified spe-cialist workshop.Display messages and displays in theinstrument cluster are only shown for cer-tain systems. Vehicle owners and drivers areresponsible for ensuring that the vehicle isoperating safely. A vehicle which is not oper-ating safely can cause an accident.The display shows the outside temperatureon the far right in the header. Drivers mustpay special attention to road conditionswhen temperatures are around freezingpoint. Changes in the outside temperatureare displayed after a short delay.After opening the door, the on-board com-puter is activated for approximately15 minutes. To permanently activate the on-board computer, the ignition must beswitched on.
Monochrome display overview
: Time; Vehicles with automatic transmission:
drive program= Vehicles with automatic transmission:
gearshift recommendation? Transmission displayA Lane Keeping Assist indicator lampB Outside temperature display and black
ice warning ÒC Trip meter, current fuel consumption,
service displayD Tyre pressure monitorE Fuel gaugeF eco score display, reserve fuel displayG Brake lamp failure warning lampH Total distance recorderI Cruise control, limiter
When the vehicle is stationary or up to aspeed of approximately 5 km/h, the displayshows the current fuel consumption as anumerical value in l/h.
100 Overview of the on-board computer>>
Op
erat
ing
the
on-b
oard
com
pu
ter.
Colour display overview
: Time; Lane Keeping Assist indicator lamp= Digital speedometer? Outside temperature display with black
ice warning ÒA Display field for display messages,
menus and listsB Reserve fuel displayC Fuel gaugeD Transmission displayE Cruise control, limiter
Calling up displays
Calling up displays (monochrome dis-play)
: Monochrome display; Buttons on the multifunction lever
X Briefly press the ´ button on the mul-tifunction lever to scroll forward at menulevel.
X Press and hold the ́ button on the mul-tifunction level to directly call up the tripmeter.
X Press and hold a on the multifunctionlever to reset the values.
The following displays can be called up oneafter another:
RTrip meterRCurrent fuel consumptionRService due dateRSetting the timeRRestarts the tyre pressure monitor
Calling up displays (colour display)
Calling up displays
: Colour display; Left control panel
X Briefly press 9 or : on left controlpanel ;, to scroll forwards or backwards.
X Press and hold 9 or : on left controlpanel ;, to directly call up the Distancedisplay.
The following displays can be called up oneafter another:
RDistanceRTrip computer from start
Calling up displays 101
>> O
per
atin
g th
e on
-boa
rd c
omp
ute
r.
Z
RTrip computer from resetReco score from startRFuel consumptionRCoolant temperatureRMessages and serviceRSettingsRDigital speedometer
Distance display
: Trip meter; Total distance recorder
Trip computer display
: Elapsed time; Distance= Average speed? Average fuel consumption
The data in the from start menu refers to thestart of the journey, whilst the data in thefrom reset menu refers to the last time thesubmenu was reset.If the ignition remains switched off for lon-ger than four hours, the from start values inthe instrument cluster are reset. The ecoscore display is also reset automatically.
eco score display
The eco score display provides feedback onhow economical the driver's driving behav-iour is (Y page 72).If the ignition remains switched off for lon-ger than four hours, the eco score display willbe automatically reset.When the eco score display is reset, the from start trip computer is also reset.
Fuel consumption display
The display shows the fuel consumption overthe previous 15 minutes.When the vehicle is stationary or up to aspeed of approximately 5 km/h, the displayshows the current fuel consumption as anumeric value in l/h. If the unit of measure-ment for distance is set to miles, the displayshows two dashes.
Coolant temperature display
The display shows the current coolant tem-perature. If this rises above 110 †, then thedisplay shows a display message.
Messages and service display
: Message memory; Next service due date
The display shows the number of displaymessages in the message memory and thenext service due date.¯ indicates a minor service. ° indi-cates a major service.
102 Calling up displays>>
Op
erat
ing
the
on-b
oard
com
pu
ter.
To show the display messages, the ignitionmust be switched on.
X Press a to scroll through the displaymessages.
Current information on the type of servicecan be obtained at a smart centre or a quali-fied specialist workshop.
Digital speedometer display
The display shows the digital speedometer.The digital speedometer in the header is hid-den.England only: the digital speedometer in theheader continues to be displayed.
Setting values
Setting values (monochrome display)
Setting the time
X Press ́ repeatedly until ° is shownnext to the time.
X Press a until the hour display flashes.X Set values.
Deactivating or activating Active BrakeAssist
X Press ´ several times until and° are displayed.
X Press a until on or OFF appears below
.The ^ indicator lamp lights up whenActive Brake Assist is deactivated.
Resetting values
The trip meter display and eco score displaycan be reset.
X Scroll to the desired display.X Press a for three seconds.
Setting values (colour display)
Setting values
X Press 9 or : to scroll to Settings.X Press 9 or : to scroll to the desired
menu.X Press 9 or : to set the desired data.X Press a to confirm.
Resetting values
X Press a.X Select yes and press a to confirm.
Setting the time
X Select Settings > Time > Set the time.X Set values.
Vehicles with smart Media-System: thetime and time format are set in the smartMedia-System.
Setting the time format
X Select Settings > Time > 12/24 Time for‐mat.
X Set the value
Adjusting the instrument cluster light-ing
X Select Settings > Display > Display/switch brightness.
X Set the value
Setting values 103
>> O
per
atin
g th
e on
-boa
rd c
omp
ute
r.
Z
Displaying the digital speedometer in theheader
X Select Settings > Display > Digital speedometer.
X Select the Disp. addit. dig. speedo.function.The digital speedometer is displayed inthe header.
England only: the digital speedometer in theheader cannot be hidden.
Setting the unit for speed in the digitalspeedometer
X Select Settings > Display> Digital speedometer > Unit.
X Set the valueThe following values are set:RDigital speedometer displayRDigital speedometer in the headerEngland only: only the display unit of thedigital speedometer is set.
Setting the unit of measurement for dis-tance
X Select Settings > Display > Units of distance.
X Set the value
Setting the temperature unit
X Select Settings > Display > Units of temperature.
X Set the value
Deactivating or activating Active BrakeAssist
The ignition must be switched on in order toset Active Brake Assist.
X Select Settings > Active Brake Assist >on or off.
Information on Active Brake Assist(Y page 53).
Starting the tyre pressure monitor
X Select Settings > Tyre pressure monitor.
Information on the tyre pressure monitor(Y page 155).
Switching ambient lighting on/off
X Select Settings > Ambient lighting > On.
Setting the brightness of the ambientlighting
X Select Settings > Ambient lighting >Brightness.
X Set the value
Setting the language
X Select Settings > Language (Language).X Set the value
104 Setting values>>
Op
erat
ing
the
on-b
oard
com
pu
ter.
Operating and setting the smart Audio-System
smart Audio-System overview
G WARNING
If you operate information and communi-cation equipment integrated in the vehiclewhen driving, you could be distracted fromthe traffic situation. This could also causeyou to lose control of the vehicle. There is arisk of an accident.
Only operate this equipment when thetraffic situation permits. If you cannot besure of this, stop the vehicle paying atten-tion to road and traffic conditions andoperate the equipment with the vehiclestationary.
You must observe the legal requirements forthe country in which you are currently driv-ing when operating the smart Audio-System.
: Number keys 1 - 6; C Previous station or track= USB1 port and bracket connection for
mobile phone with smart cross connectApp
? D Next station or trackA % Goes back one menu level higherB Control for menu selection and station
list, 9 buttonC USB2 portDÃ Telephone menu to accept or reject
callsEª System settingsF 8 MuteG Õ Plays back media from external data
carriers
H $ Switches on the radio and selectsthe waveband.
I External audio equipment (AUX connec-tion)
J Volume control, Ü buttonK F Sets the radio text
Operating and setting the smart Audio-System
X To switch on or off: press Ü.X To scroll through menus: turn control B.X To select menu options: turn control B
and press the 9 button.X To navigate to the next-highest folder:
press the % button.X To set values: turn control B and press the
9 button.X To increase or decrease the volume: turn
control J.
Using external devices
Useful information
You can connect the following external devi-ces:
RUSB devices, iPods® and MP3 players (USBport)RExternal audio equipment (AUX connec-
tion)RBluetooth® devices, such as mobile phones
Removing and fastening the cover of theUSB1 port
Operating and setting the smart Audio-System 105
>> U
sin
g th
e sm
art
Au
dio
-Sy
stem
.
Z
Removing the cover
X Turn the cover anti-clockwise using han-dle :.
X Press on marking ;.X Remove the cover.
Fastening the cover
X Place cover in position ;.X Turn the cover clockwise using handle :.
Using the smartphone bracket
Useful information
i Operating smartphones in the smart-phone bracket is permitted exclusively inconnection with the smart cross connectApp.
The smartphone bracket keeps your mobilephone secured in the vehicle. In order to usethe smart cross connect App, rotate themobile phone to landscape mode.You can use the USB port behind the smart-phone bracket on the left to charge yourmobile phone during the journey.The smartphone bracket is suitable formobile phones with the following dimen-sions:
Rthickness: 6 – 10 mmRwidth: 55 – 82 mmRlength: 120 – 162 mmFurther information is available from anysmart Centre.
Fitting the smartphone bracket
X Remove the cover from the USB1 port.X Connect the smartphone bracket to USB1
and turn the locking mechanism clock-wise.
Inserting and removing the mobile phone
X To insert: press the right-hand raised but-ton on the bottom edge of the smartphonebracket.The upper tensioning arm opens.
X If necessary, press the left-hand button onthe bottom edge of the smartphonebracket.The tensioning arms on the side open.
X Set the mobile phone in the smartphonebracket.
X If necessary, press the tensioning arms onthe side together to set them to the size ofthe mobile phone.
X Press down the upper tensioning arms tosecure the mobile phone.
X To remove: press the right-hand raisedbutton on the bottom edge of the smart-phone bracket.The upper tensioning arm opens.
X Remove the mobile phone from the smart-phone bracket.
Operating the smart Audio-System viathe mobile phone
You can use the smart cross connect App foriOS and Android to operate the smart Audio-System via a mobile phone.
X Download the smart cross connect Appfrom the App Store® (iOS) or Google Play™(Android) and install it on the mobilephone.
X Connect the mobile phone with the smartAudio-System via Bluetooth®.
X Insert the mobile phone into the bracket.
Further information about operating thesmart Audio-System via mobile phone can befound in the smart cross connect App user'sguide.
Adjusting the system settings
Setting the system language
X Press the ª button.X Select Language.
The list of languages appears.X Select the language.
106 Operating and setting the smart Audio-System>>
Usi
ng
the
smar
t A
ud
io-S
yst
em.
Switching the time on or off
X Press the ª button.X Select Clock.X Select ON or OFF.
Setting the time
X Press the ª button.X Select Clock.X Select Set Time.X Set the time.
Setting the time format
X Press the ª button.X Select Clock.X Select Format.X Choose one of the following time formats:RAm/PmR24hr
Adjusting the audio settings
Adjusting the sound
X Press the ª button.X Select Audio.X Select Sound.X Select the desired sound settings:RBass: adjusts the bass.RTreble: adjusts the treble.RBal.: adjusts the surround sound (bal-
ance) to left or right.RFade: adjusts the surround sound (bal-
ance) to the front or back.
Switching Bass Boost on or off (vehicleswithout JBL sound system)
X Press the ª button.X Select Audio.X Select Bass Boost.X Select ON or OFF.
Resetting audio settings
X Press the ª button.X Select Audio.X Select Audio Default.X Select Yes.
Adjusting the volume to the vehiclespeed (vehicles without JBL sound sys-tem)
X Press the ª button.X Select Audio.X Select Speed Vol..X Select the desired level.
The higher the level, the higher the volumewill be at increasing road speeds.
Listening to the radio
Switching on the radio
X Press the Ü button.X Press the $ button.
The smart Audio-System receives datatransmitted via the Radio Data System (RDS).
Selecting a waveband
X Press the $ button repeatedly until thedesired waveband appears.
If available, you can switch between the fol-lowing wavebands:
RFM1RFM2RDR1 (digital radio)RDR2 (digital radio)RAM
Selecting stations manually
FM and AM waveband
X Press the D or C button to set thedesired frequency.
Listening to the radio 107
>> U
sin
g th
e sm
art
Au
dio
-Sy
stem
.
Z
Digital radio frequency range
X To select the desired station, press theD or C button.
Holding down the D or C button startsthe station search, which stops at the nextstation with adequate reception.
Setting a station from the station list
X Press a in radio mode.The station list appears.
X Select a station.X Press a to confirm.
Updating the station list
X Press the $ button until you hear atone.
Storing a station
X Select a waveband.X Set the station.X Press a number key 1 to 6 until you hear
a tone.The station set for this waveband will besaved at the button you have pressed.
Selecting a stored station
X Select a waveband.X Press a number key for the stored station.
Switching traffic announcementson/off
X Press the ª button.X Select Radio.X Select TA.X Select ON or OFF.
Interrupting a traffic announcement
X During a traffic announcement, brieflypress %.
Displaying radio text in FM radio
X Press the F button.If radio text is available, it will be dis-played.
Digital radio (if available)
Information on DAB
i Any electronic devices taken into thevehicle may seriously impair radio andDAB radio reception.
Digital radio or DAB (Digital Audio Broad-casting) is a digital transmission standardoptimally designed for the mobile receptionof radio transmissions. Several programmesare combined into so-called ensembles andtransmitted on a single frequency. Some sta-tions only transmit programmes at certaintimes. If you have selected a programme thathas subsequently been removed from theensemble, it will no longer be received. Youwill continue to receive the other pro-grammes in the ensemble. Select either a dif-ferent programme or a different ensemble.
i DAB cannot be received everywhere inEurope.
Displaying radio text
This function provides additional datatransmitted in the DAB waveband (DR1 andDR2). Besides displaying the artist and tracknames, information on the current pro-gramme may also be available.
X Press the F button.X Select Radio text.
The î dot shows that radio text is acti-vated.
Setting alerts
If this function is activated, certain pro-gramme categories allow another broadcastto interrupt the current audio playback.Numerous categories can be selected, such asnews, business news, sports news etc.A prerequisite for the reception is thatbroadcasters process the relevant informa-tion. This function is only available in cer-tain countries.
108 Listening to the radio>>
Usi
ng
the
smar
t A
ud
io-S
yst
em.
X Call up the setup menu (Y page 106).X Radio > DR Interrupt > Select the desired
category.The î dot shows the active settings.
i Several categories can be selected.Repeat the procedure if necessary.
Displaying the EPG
EPG (Electronic Program Guide) is availablein the DAB waveband (DR1 and DR2).If the station supports EPG, you can use theEPG (Electronic Programme Guide) to displaythe current and the following two radio pro-grammes. At the very least, the programmeoverview contains the name, time and lengthof each programme.
X Press the F button.X Select EPG.X Select the desired station.
Switching on Intellitext™
If the station supports Intellitext™, you canhave additional information displayed, suchas news, headlines, business news, sportsnews etc. A prerequisite for the reception isthat broadcasters process the relevant infor-mation. Intellitext™ is only available in cer-tain countries.
X Press the F button.X Select Intellitext.
Using a mobile phone
Connecting a mobile phone
Useful information
The Bluetooth®-capable mobile phone mustbe compatible with the smart Audio-System.Overview of compatible mobile phones:http://www.smart.com/connect.
To make a call, Bluetooth® must be activatedon the mobile phone and the smart Audio-System.
Once outside the Bluetooth® reception range,the connection is terminated automatically.
To clearly identify a mobile phone, changethe device name (see the manufacturer'soperating instructions).
Activating Bluetooth® on a mobile phone
X Activate Bluetooth® on the mobile phone(see the manufacturer's operating instruc-tions).
X Search for devices.
Switching on the Bluetooth® function ofthe smart Audio-System
X Press the à button.X Turn control B to Bluetooth and confirm
with 9.X Turn control B to ON and confirm with 9.
The î dot shows the active setting.
Authorising a mobile phone on the smartAudio-System
X Press the à button.X Select Scan devices.
The system searches for available mobilephones and displays them in a list.
X Select the mobile phone and confirm with9.
X Do one of the following:Rif a code appears in the smart Audio-
System display and on the mobile phone,confirm it on the mobile phoneRif the code 0000 appears in the smart
Audio-System display, enter it and con-firm it on the mobile phone
A maximum of five mobile phones can beauthorised. However, only one authorisedmobile phone can be connected with Blue-tooth® at a time.
Loading and updating the phone book
X Press the à button.X Select Settings > PB download.X If necessary, accept the access confirma-
tion on the mobile phone.
If the mobile phone supports the Bluetooth®
PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile) profile, thephone book and call lists will be transferredafter you connect.
Using a mobile phone 109
>> U
sin
g th
e sm
art
Au
dio
-Sy
stem
.
Z
Removing a mobile phone from the list(de-authorising)
X Press the à button.X Select Del. device.
Authorised mobile phones are displayed.X Select the mobile phone to be removed.X Select YES.
After de-authorisation, the Bluetooth® con-nection to the mobile phone is no longerestablished automatically.
Connecting another authorised mobilephone
X Activating Bluetooth® on a mobile phoneX Press the à button.X Select Sel. device.
All authorised mobile phones are dis-played. The currently connected mobilephone is indicated by a dot.
X Select the desired mobile phone from thelist.
Setting the sound
Adjusting the call volume
X Press the à button.X Select Settings > Volume > Call.X Select the setting.
Switching the smart Audio-System ring-tone on and off
X Press the à button.X Select Settings > Ringtone.X To switch on: select Car.X To switch off: select Phone.
Adjusting the ringtone volume
X Press the à button.X Select Settings > Volume > Ring.X Select the setting.
Telephone operation
Calling a contact from the phone book
To call a contact in the telephone book, themobile phone telephone book first has to beimported into the smart Audio-System.
X Press the à button.X Select Telephone book.X Select the contact.
The details for the contact are displayed.X Dial the selected phone number.X Press the 9 button.
Dialling a number
X Press the à button.X Select Dial Number.
An input screen appears.X Enter the number.X Press the 9 button.X Select ;.
Using call lists to call contacts
To call a contact in a call list, the mobilephone telephone book first has to be impor-ted into the smart Audio-System.
X Press the à button.X Select Call lists.X Select Dialled, Received or Missed.X Select an entry from the list.
Calling the last number dialled
X Press and hold the à button until thecall is established.
Accepting a call
X Press the à button.
Rejecting a call
X Press and hold the à button until thecall is rejected.
110 Using a mobile phone>>
Usi
ng
the
smar
t A
ud
io-S
yst
em.
Holding and continuing a call
X To place a call on hold: select Â.X To continue the call: press the 9 button.
Transferring a call to the mobile phone
X Select z.X To transfer the call back to the smart
Audio-System: press 9.
Entering numbers or characters during acall
X Select #123.X Enter numbers or characters.
Ending a call
X Press the 9 button.
Using voice control for the mobilephone
Useful information
The voice control of the connected mobilephone can be used (see manufacturer's oper-ating instructions). Not all voice controlservices are supported by the smart Audio-System.Voice control must be activated in the set-tings menu of the mobile phone.
Starting voice control for the mobilephone
X Connect the mobile phone with the smartAudio-System via Bluetooth®.
X Press the button on the steeringwheel.A message appears in the display of thesmart Audio-System and a tone sounds.Voice control for the mobile phone isactive.
X Speak a voice command.
Ending voice control for the mobile phone
X Press the button on the steeringwheel.or
X Press the 9 button.Voice control for the mobile phone isended.
Operating external data storage media
Useful information
You can switch between the following mediasources, depending on the type of externaldata carrier connected:
RUSB 1 or iPod 1RUSB 2 or iPod 2RAUX (external audio equipment)RBT Audio (with Bluetooth® connected
device, such as a mobile phone)
Selecting external data carriers
X Press the Õ button repeatedly until thedesired media source appears in the dis-play.
Operating a USB device or iPod®
Connecting a device
X Connect the device to the USB port.The device is activated automatically andthe first track is played.
Selecting a track
X In USB mode, press the 9 button.Available tracks or folders are displayed.
X Turn control B.X Press 9 to confirm.
Rapid search
X Press the 9 button.An entry field appears.
X To enter characters, turn control B andpress the 9 button.
Operating external data storage media 111
>> U
sin
g th
e sm
art
Au
dio
-Sy
stem
.
Z
Skipping to the next or previous track
X Press the D or C button briefly toskip to the next track or press longer forrapid scrolling.
Switching random track sequence on/off
X Press the C button.
Switching the repeat function on/off
X Press the number key.
Selecting a track from a category with aniPod® connected
X Press the 9 button.X Select the category from a list.
Different categories, such as playlists,artists or albums, can be selected, depend-ing on the connected device.
Displaying metadata
X Press the F button repeatedly until thedesired metadata is displayed.
Operating external audio equipment(AUX)
Connecting a device
X Connect the device to the AUX jack.Use the Õ button to access the media ona connected AUX device.
Adjusting the volume of external audioequipment
X Press the ª button.X Select Audio.X Select AUX In.X Select one of the following options for the
volume:RLowRMediumRHigh
Bluetooth® device operation
Connecting a device
X Connect a Bluetooth® audio device thesame way you connect a mobile phone withBluetooth®.
Skipping to the next or previous track
X Press the D or C button briefly toskip to the next track or press longer forrapid scrolling.
Displaying metadata
X Press the F button repeatedly until thedesired metadata is displayed.
112 Operating external data storage media>>
Usi
ng
the
smar
t A
ud
io-S
yst
em.
Operating and setting up the smartMedia-System
Operating the smart Media-System
Please note
Some functions are restricted while driving.
Controls
: Switches voice control system onand off, accepts and ends a phone call
; W Increases the volume= X Reduces the volume? smart Media-System display
Voice control system
The following functions are possible usingthe voice control system of the smart Media-System:
Renter a destination for navigationRmake a callRstart an application
Controls on the smart Media-System
: Previous station or track and fast rewind; Mute= Next station or track and fast forward? Switches to the home screenA On/off button Ü and volume controlB Touchscreen
Ports on the centre console
: Port for external audio equipment (AUX); USB port= SD card slot
Operating and setting up the smart Media-System 113
>> U
sin
g th
e sm
art
Med
ia-S
yst
em.
Overview of home screen
: Radio station, media track; Message memory= Status of the mobile phone and field
strength of the mobile phone network? Outside temperatureA TimeB MapC Next navigation manoeuvreD Context menuE Distance to the destination and expected
arrival timeF Favourites menuG Main menuH Telephone menu, status of the mobile
phone and field strength of the mobilephone network
Switching the smart Media-System onand off
To switch on automaticallyX Start the engine.
To switch off automaticallyX Switch off the ignition and open the door.
To switch on and off manuallyX Press the Ü button.
To restartX Press the Ü button.
The smart Media-System shuts down andrestarts.
i The restart can take several minutes.During the restart, the audio volume can-not be adjusted.
Scrolling through a menu or list on thetouchscreen
X Touch the touchscreen with your finger.X Swipe up, down, left or right.
The selection on the display will then movein the respective direction.
Selecting items on the touchscreen
X Tap on a menu, an option or an applicationwith one finger.The menu, the option or the application islaunched.
Controlling media playback on thetouchscreen
X Swipe to the left.The next media item is played or dis-played, e.g. the next track or station.
X Swipe to the right.Playback is restarted or the previousmedia item is played or displayed, e.g. theprevious track.
Media playback can be controlled in the fol-lowing playback modes:
RRadio modeRMusic and audio playbackRImage playbackRVideo playback
Calling up menus
X Select Menu on the home screen.Select one of the following submenus:RMultimedia
Radio and media playbackRNavigation
Navigation systemRTelephone
Mobile phone functionsRVehicle
Reversing camera, eco score and addi-tional functionsRServices
Apps and TomTom servicesRSystem
General systems settings
114 Operating and setting up the smart Media-System>>
Usi
ng
the
smar
t M
edia
-Sy
stem
.
Confirming settings
X Select Done.Settings are accepted.
Switching off the display
X Select home page > W > Switch off display.
Adjusting the system settings
Adjusting the display
Setting the daytime brightnessX Select System > Display .X Move the Daytime brightness control to
the left or right.
Setting the night time brightnessX Select System > Display.X Move the Nighttime brightness control
to the left or right.
Activating automatic switching betweenday and night modeX Select System > Display > Automatic day/night mode.
Displaying night mode constantly
X Select Force night mode.
Setting the system language
X Select System > Language.A list of available languages is displayed.
X Select the desired language.
i The language of the spoken navigationcommands can be selected independentlyof the system language.
Changing the on-screen keyboard
X Select System > Keyboards.X Select one of the following keyboard lay-
outs:
RLatinRGreekRCyrillic
For the Latin keyboard layout, it is possibleto choose between the ABCD, QWERTY, AZERTYand QWERTZ layouts.
Selecting the home screen display
X Select System > Home page.A selection of home screen displaysappears.
X Select the desired display.
Resetting to factory settings
X Select System > Factory settings.X Confirm with Yes.
All settings changed in the system returnto the default values. All destinations,routes and favourites will be deleted.
Setting the time manually
X Select System > Clock > Set time.X Change the minutes and hours of the time
shown.
Activating automatic time adjustment
X Select System > Clock > Set time > Auto‐matic time adjustment.
Setting the time format
X Select System > Clock > Time format.X Choose one of the following time formats:R18:00R6:00 PMR6:00
Displaying status and information
X Select System > Status & Information.X Select one of the following information
options:RVersion information
Software and hardware of the Media-SystemRGPS status
Operating and setting up the smart Media-System 115
>> U
sin
g th
e sm
art
Med
ia-S
yst
em.
Current GPS signal strengthRNetwork status
Signal strength of the data connectionRLicences
For free and open-source software usedRCopyright
For text in the TomTom software used.
Adjusting the audio settings
Setting the volume
X Select System > Sound > Volumes.X Select one of the following volume set-
tings:RMain volume
For the whole systemRHands-free
For the hands-free systemRRingtone
Ring tone volumeRNavigation
Volume for the whole navigation systemRComputer voice
Volume of the computer-generated voiceRApp events
Volume of events triggered by appsX Set the desired volume.
Adjusting the volume to the vehiclespeed (vehicles without JBL sound sys-tem)
The speed-dependent volume adjustmentfunction adapts the volume to the currentvehicle speed.
X Select System > Sound > Speed dependency.X Move the Speed dependency control to the
left or right.The higher the value, the more the volumeincreases with the speed of the vehicle.
Volume adjustment is not set using the con-trol but automatically.
Adjusting surround sound (balance)
X Select Multimedia > Settings > Sound >Balance > Manual.
X Move the control to the desired position.X Fade: adjusts the surround sound (bal-
ance) to the front or back.X Confirm with Done.
Adjusting the bass and treble
X Select Multimedia > Settings > Sound >Bass/Treble > Manual.
X Use the control to adjust the bass and tre-ble separately.
Setting a neutral sound for the bass andtreble
X Select Multimedia > Settings > Sound >Bass/Treble > Neutral.Audio is played without increasing thebass or treble.
Activating and deactivating arkamys®
bass boost (vehicles without JBL soundsystem)
The arkamys® bass boost setting emphasisesthe bass during playback.
X Select Multimedia > Settings > arkamys bass boost.
Manual activation of arkamys® bass boost onmodels with a JBL sound system is not pos-sible. Activation functions automatically.
Setting the volume for warning tones
X Select System > Sound > Warnings.X Move the control to the left or right.
Enabling warning tones when the displayis switched off
X Select System > Sound > Warnings > Sound warning tones when display turned off.
116 Operating and setting up the smart Media-System>>
Usi
ng
the
smar
t M
edia
-Sy
stem
.
Creating and deleting favourites
Creating favourites
: Preset; Navigation= Radio? TelephoneA ServicesB Context menu
Frequently used settings such as phone con-tacts and radio stations can be stored asfavourites. Six favourites can be stored foreach of the following categories:
RNavigationRRadioRTelephoneRServicesX Select Favourites on the home screen.X Select category.X Select the next empty memory position.
A list of possible favourites appears.X Select Favourites.
Deleting favourites
X Select Favourites on the home screen.X Select W > Remove a Favourite.X Perform one of the following steps:RSelect the favourite to be removed and
press Delete to confirm.RTo delete all favourites, select Remove all Favourites.
Listening to the radio
Switching on the radio
X Select Multimedia > Radio.
Display modes
Useful information
In radio mode there are three different dis-play modes, in which various settings can bemade:
R“List” display mode (FM and digital radio)R“Frequency” display mode (AM and FM
radio)R“Presets” display mode
“List” display mode (FM and digital radio)
: Selects the waveband (AM/FM/DAB radio)and preset group (FM/DAB)
; Selects previous station= Selects next station? Context menuA Selects “frequency” display modeB “List” display modeC Selects “Presets” display modeD Station currently playing
Listening to the radio 117
>> U
sin
g th
e sm
art
Med
ia-S
yst
em.
“Frequency” display mode (AM and FMradio)
: Selects the waveband (AM/FM radio) andpreset group (FM)
; Increases or decreases the frequency insmall increments
= Station search, forwards or backwards? Context menuA Adjusts the frequency manuallyB Station currently playing
“Presets” display mode
: Selects the waveband (AM/FM/DAB radio)and preset group (FM/DAB)
; Stored station= Context menu? Station currently playing
Selecting a station
“List” display mode
X Swipe up or down in the station listX Tap on the desired station.
“Frequency” display mode (AM and FMradio)
X Slide control on the waveband left or right
Starting a station search
X Select C or D in the “frequency” dis-play mode
Storing a station
X Set the station.X Select W > Save as preset.
Up to six stations can be stored for eachwaveband.
Displaying radio text
Radio text contains information such as cur-rent track or latest news.
X Select W > Display radio text.
Displaying digital radio services
X Select W > Digital radio services.X Select one of the following digital radio
services:REPG (Electronic Programme Guide)
Programme schedule for the station cur-rently playingRIntellitext
Programme information and programmeschedule for the station currently play-ingRSlide show
Displays images to accompany the cur-rent broadcast
Other radio settings
Searching for alternative frequencieswith the best possible reception quality
X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio > AF (Alternative frequency).
118 Listening to the radio>>
Usi
ng
the
smar
t M
edia
-Sy
stem
.
Receiving traffic reports (i-Traffic)
X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio > i-Traffic (Traffic programme).
Displaying the programme type (e.g.classical)
X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio >PTY (Programme type).
Switching to the corresponding FM sta-tion when digital radio reception is poor
X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio >Simulcast.
Displaying information on certain cate-gories (i-Announcement, digital radioonly)
X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio > i-Announcement.
X Select category of i-Announcements.
Updating the station list
X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio >Update radio list.
Using a mobile phone
Connecting a mobile phone
Please note
G WARNING
The electromagnetic radiation from two-way radios can interfere with the vehicleelectronics if they are manipulated or ret-rofitted incorrectly. This could jeopardisethe operating safety of the vehicle. There isa risk of an accident.
You should have all work on electrical andelectronic components carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.
G WARNING
If you operate two-way radios incorrectlyin the vehicle, their electromagnetic radi-ation can interfere with the vehicle elec-tronics, for example if:
Rthe two-way radio is not connected to anexterior aerial
Rthe exterior aerial is not correctly moun-ted or is not low-reflection
This could jeopardise the operating safetyof the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.
Have the low-reflection exterior aerial fit-ted at a qualified specialist workshop.When operating two-way radios in thevehicle, always connect them to the low-reflection exterior aerial.
Bluetooth® must be enabled both on themobile phone and on the smart Media-Sys-tem.
Enabling and disabling Bluetooth®
The mobile phone must be compatible withthe smart Media-System.For an overview of compatible mobilephones, visit: https://www.smart.com/connect.
X Select Settings > Enable Bluetooth.The setting is marked. Bluetooth® is ena-bled or disabled on the smart Media-Sys-tem.
Authorising a mobile phone
Authorising a mobile phone for the firsttime
Bluetooth® must be enabled on the smartMedia-System.
X Select the Telephone menu.X Confirm the display message with Yes.X Enter the security code on the mobile
phone or accept access confirmation (seeOwner's Manual from the manufacturer).The message Bluetooth is enabled isshown.
Using a mobile phone 119
>> U
sin
g th
e sm
art
Med
ia-S
yst
em.
Z
Authorising another mobile phone
Bluetooth® must be enabled on the smartMedia-System.
X Select Settings > Manage devices.The list of visible mobile phones is dis-played.
X Select a mobile phone from the list.X Enter the security code on the mobile
phone or accept access confirmation (seeOwner's Manual from the manufacturer).The Bluetooth® connection is established.The Bluetooth® connection will be estab-lished automatically in future.
Downloading telephone data automati-cally
X Select Settings > Download telephone data automatically.
X If necessary, accept the access confirma-tion on the mobile phone.During connection, up to 1000 contacts areautomatically transferred to the smartMedia-System.
Connecting another authorised mobilephone
X Select Settings > Manage devices.X Select a mobile phone.
The current Bluetooth® connection is ter-minated. The desired mobile phone is con-nected to the smart Media-System instead.
Removing a mobile phone from the list
X Select Settings > Manage devices.X Select W > Delete device(s).X Select a mobile phone.X Select Delete.
Terminating a Bluetooth® connection
X Select Settings > Manage devices.X Select W > Disconnect all devices.X Select a mobile phone.
If the mobile phone leaves the Bluetooth®
receiver range, the connection is automati-cally terminated.
Telephone operation
Useful information
The following conditions must be fulfilled inorder to make a 999 or 112 emergency call:
Ra valid and operational SIM card is inser-ted in the mobile phoneRa mobile phone network is available
Calling a contact from the phone book
X Select Telephone book.X Select the contact.X Select the contact's telephone number.
If the phone book contains multiple contacts,they can be called up using a Search.
Dialling a number
X Select Dial number.X Enter a number on the keypad.X Select Call.
Calling a contact from the call log
X Select Call logs.X Select an entry from the list.
The call log can be sorted according to callsmade, calls received and missed calls usingthe corresponding receiver icon.
Accepting and rejecting an incoming call
If a call is incoming, the following informa-tion will appear on the display:
Rname of caller, if already in the phone bookRnumber of caller, if name of caller not
already in the phone bookRPrivate number, if the caller has Hide
caller ID switched onX To accept the call, select Accept.X To reject the call, select Reject.
The call will be forwarded to voicemail.
Holding and continuing a call
X Select W > Put on hold.X To continue the call, select Continue.
120 Using a mobile phone>>
Usi
ng
the
smar
t M
edia
-Sy
stem
.
Transferring a call to the mobile phone
X Select W > Mobile phone.
Ending a call
X Select End call.
Using the Smartphone Screen applica-tion
Selecting settings for the SmartphoneScreen
Selecting the preferred Smartphone ScreenapplicationIf mobile phones support Android Auto™ aswell as MirrorLink™, the preferred applica-tion can be selected when a mobile phone isconnected.
X Select System > Smartphone Screen >Smartphone Screen application pref‐erence.
X Select Android Auto™ or MirrorLink™.
Selecting settings to start Android Auto™and MirrorLink™X Select System > Smartphone Screen >Android Auto Settings.or
X Select System > Smartphone Screen > Mir‐rorLink Settings.
X Select one of the following settings:RAsk me at each launch
If the Smartphone has been connectedwith the smart Media-System, you willbe asked whether the preferred Smart-phone Screen application should bestarted.RYes
If the Smartphone has been connectedwith the smart Media-System, the pre-ferred Smartphone Screen applicationwill be started automatically.RNo
If the Smartphone has been connectedwith the smart Media-System, a Smart-phone Screen application will not bestarted.
Using MirrorLink™
Useful information
MirrorLink® is standard for the connectionbetween the smart Media-System and amobile phone. With MirrorLink®, the contentof the display on your mobile phone can bedisplayed in the smart Media-System.MirrorLink™ is available for mobile phoneswith the "Android" operating system.Further information: http://www.smart.com/connect.To use MirrorLink™, observe the followingrequirements:
Rthe mobile phone must support Mirror-Link™ version 1.1 and aboveRthe mobile phone is switched onRa MirrorLink™ certified App must be
installed on the mobile phoneRthe GPS connection must be activated on
the mobile phoneRthe time is set on the smart Media-System
Setting up a connectionX Activate MirrorLink™ on your mobile
phone (see the manufacturer's operatinginstructions).
X Connect a mobile phone with a connectingcable to the USB socket in the centre con-sole.
X Select Yes.Apps which have been certified for Mir-rorLink™ will be shown in the smartMedia-System display.
Calling up MirrorLink™ AppsX Tap on the home page of the smart Media-
System .MirrorLink™ starts in the smart Media-System display.
X Select the desired app.The display switches to full screen mode.
X To leave full screen display: press and holdthe ò button on the smart Media-Sys-tem until the lower bar is shown.
X To exit the display: select 2.
Using a mobile phone 121
>> U
sin
g th
e sm
art
Med
ia-S
yst
em.
Z
MirrorLink™ audio playbackIf your mobile phone supports this function,you can control audio playback via the but-tons on the smart Media-System.
X To select the previous track: press the 9button.
X To rewind: press and hold the 9 button.X To select the next track: press the :
button.X To fast forward: press and hold the :
button.X To mute: press the 8 button.
Disconnecting the MirrorLink™ connectionX Select q > Disconnect.
Using Android Auto™
Useful informationAndroid Auto™ is an application for the con-nection between the smart Media-Systemand a mobile phone. Certain mobile phonefunctions and apps can be controlled via thesmart Media-System with Android Auto™.Functions such as telephony, navigation andthe audio playback of Android Auto™ are dis-played on the home page of the smart Media-System.Android Auto™ is available for mobile tele-phones with the Android operating system.Further information: http://www.smart.com/connect.In order to use Android Auto™, the followingconditions must be met:
Rthe mobile phone supports Android Auto™starting from Android™ 5.0Rthe mobile phone is switched onRthe mobile phone has an Internet connec-
tionRthe Android Auto™ App is installed on the
mobile phone
Transmitted vehicle data when usingAndroid AutoWhen using Android Auto, specific vehicledata is transmitted to the mobile phone. Thismakes it possible to use selected mobilephone services efficiently. The mobile phonedoes not have active access to vehicle data.
The following system information is trans-mitted:
Rmultimedia system software versionRsystem ID (anonymous)This data is transmitted in order to optimisecommunication between the vehicle andmobile phone.A random vehicle code is generated for thispurpose and in order to assign multiple vehi-cles to the mobile phone.The following driving status data is trans-mitted:
Rgear position engagedRinstrument cluster day/night modeThis data is transmitted in order to adapt thecontent displayed to the driving situation.GPS data such as coordinates, speed andcompass direction is transmitted. This datais transmitted only when navigation isactive in order to improve navigation (e.g.when driving through a tunnel).
Setting up a connectionX Activate Android Auto™ on the mobile
phone (see manufacturer's operatinginstructions).
X Connect a mobile phone with a connectingcable to the USB socket in the centre con-sole.
X Select Yes.Android Auto™ starts in the smart Media-System display.
Calling up Android Auto™X Tap on the home page of the smart Media-
System .Android Auto™ starts in the smart Media-System display.
Activating Android Auto™ voice-operatedcontrolWhen Android Auto™ is activated, the systemcan be operated with voice control.
X Press and hold the button on the mul-tifunction steering wheel for approx-imately three seconds.A tone sounds.
122 Using a mobile phone>>
Usi
ng
the
smar
t M
edia
-Sy
stem
.
Disconnecting Android Auto™X Disconnect the USB connection between
mobile phone and multimedia system.
Using voice control for the mobilephone
Useful information
The voice control of the connected mobilephone can be used (see manufacturer's oper-ating instructions). Not all voice controlservices are supported by the smart Media-System.The requirement for voice control of themobile phone is that Android Auto™ or Mir-rorLink™ are not active.
Activating voice control for the mobilephone
X Connect the mobile phone with the smartMedia-System via Bluetooth®.
X Press and hold the button on thesteering wheel.
The symbol appears in the display.Voice control for the mobile phone isactive.
Further settings
Setting the volume
X Select Settings > Volumes.X Set the volume of the hands-free system
and the ringtone.
Activating voicemail
X Select Voicemail.X Enter the voicemail number on the keypad.X Select Done.
Voicemail is activated and the voicemailnumber is dialled.
Configuring voicemail
X Select Settings > Voice mail configura‐tion.
Updating the phone book
A Bluetooth® connection must be present.
X Select Phone book > W > Update tele‐phone data.
Updating the call log
X Select Call logs > W > Update tele‐phone data.
Adding a contact to favourites
X Select Telephone > Phone book.X Select a contact from the list.X Select W > Add to favourites.X Dial a phone number.
Connecting and operating externaldata storage media
Useful information
The following external data storage mediacan be connected:
RUSB memory stick (USB 2.0 or 3.0 with max.64 GB) or iPod™RSD or SDHC card (max. 64 GB)RExternal audio equipment (AUX connec-
tion)RBluetooth® devices such as mobile phonesThe following formats are supported:
RMP3 filesRWMA filesRACC formats
(.AAC, .M4A, .M4B, .M4P, .M4V, .M4R, .MP4and .3GP)ROGG Vorbis (.OGG, .OGA)RPCM 16 bit (.WAV, .PCM)A data storage medium may contain no morethan eight directory levels.The smart Media-System only recognises thefirst partition of a data storage medium. Thepartition must be formatted as FAT or FAT32.
Connecting and operating external data storage media 123
>> U
sin
g th
e sm
art
Med
ia-S
yst
em.
Z
Connecting external data storagemedia
Connecting a USB memory stick
X Insert a USB memory stick in the port onthe centre console.Playback starts automatically.
Connecting an SD card
X Insert an SD card into the SD card slot inthe centre console.Playback starts automatically.
Connecting a Bluetooth® device
X Authorise and connect a Bluetooth® device,such as a Bluetooth®-capable mobilephone.
Operating external data storage media
Selecting connected external data stor-age media
X Select Menu > Multimedia > Media.X Select connected medium.
Controlling playback from a USB memorystick or SD card
: Selects the previous track; Selects the next track= Stops and continues playback? Switches track repeat onA Switches random playback onB Calls up the context menuC Displays the playlist
D Selects a new track based on categories,e.g. album, genre, folder
E Resumes playback at any point in thetrack
Controlling playback from a Bluetooth®
device
: Selects a new track; Selects the previous track= Stops playback? Selects the next trackA Displays the playlistB Calls up the context menu
Selecting a different device
X Select W > Change source.
Connecting another authorised Blue-tooth® device
X Select W > Find new device.
Enabling and disabling random playback
X To enable: select W > Enable random playback.
X To disable: select W > Disable random playback.
Displaying details of tracks on a USBmemory stick or SD card
X Select W > Track details.
124 Connecting and operating external data storage media>>
Usi
ng
the
smar
t M
edia
-Sy
stem
.
Selecting a track from current playlist
X Select New selection > Folders.The current playlist is displayed.
X Select Find.A keyboard is shown.
X Enter the name or part of the name of thetrack you are looking for.
Selecting a track from categories
X Select New selection.X Select category for playback.
Switching album cover display on and off
The album cover must be saved in the audiofile.
X Select Multimedia > Settings > Media >Display album cover.
Viewing images
Useful information
Images that have been saved to an SD card orUSB memory stick can be viewed in the smartMedia-System.The following file formats can be displayed:
R.JPGR.GIFR.PNGR.BMP
Image playback
Starting image playback
X Insert SD card or USB memory stick into thecorresponding port.
X Select Multimedia > Images.X Select media source USB or SD.X Select folder.X Select image.
Switching between images
X Swipe left or right.
Specifying a new selection of images
X Select New selection.
Setting image playback
Switching from normal to thumbnail view
X Select Thumbnails.
Switching from thumbnail to normal view
X Select an image.
Displaying in full screen mode
X Select W > Full screen.
Activating the controls in full screenmode
X Tap the touchscreen.
Switching from full screen mode to nor-mal view
X Select W > Normal view.
Enlarging the image
X Select W > Enlarge.
Showing images as a slide show
X Select W > Slide show.
Setting the display duration
X Select W > Image settings > Slide show delay.
X Set the desired time using the controls.
Setting default view for image playback
X Select W > Image settings > Default view.
X Select Normal view or Full screen.
Viewing images 125
>> U
sin
g th
e sm
art
Med
ia-S
yst
em.
Z
Video playback
Video playback
Starting video playback
X Insert SD card or connect USB stick.X Select Multimedia > Video.X Select USB or SD.X Select folder or video.
All videos in a folder are played one afterthe other.
i The size of the video file may have animpact on the performance of the system.Therefore, only playback videos with alength of up to 5 minutes.
Selecting the next or previous video
X Select D or C.
Stops and continues playback
X Select Ë.
Playing a new video
X Select New selection.X Select a new video
Setting the video view
Playing videos in full screen mode
X Select Full screen.
Setting the default view for video play-back
X Select W > Video settings.X Select Normal view or Full screen.
Using the navigation system
Starting the navigation system
Please note
G WARNING
If you operate information and communi-cation equipment integrated in the vehiclewhen driving, you could be distracted fromthe traffic situation. This could also causeyou to lose control of the vehicle. There is arisk of an accident.
Only operate this equipment when thetraffic situation permits. If you cannot besure of this, stop the vehicle paying atten-tion to road and traffic conditions andoperate the equipment with the vehiclestationary.
The navigation system does not provideinformation on stop signs, right of way signs,traffic regulations or road safety regula-tions.Traffic regulations always take priority overthe navigation system's driving recommen-dations.Observe the legal stipulations and trafficregulations of the country you are driving inwhen in navigation mode.
Starting the navigation system
X Select Menu > Navigation.The following functions can be carried out:Rsearching for a destinationRplanning a routeRdisplaying a mapRcalling up TomTom servicesRchanging navigation settings
Reading map data
G WARNING
SD cards are small parts. They can be swal-lowed and cause choking. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.
126 Using the navigation system>>
Usi
ng
the
smar
t M
edia
-Sy
stem
.
Keep the SD card out of the reach of chil-dren. If a SD card is swallowed, seek med-ical attention immediately.
! To prevent damage to data, only use theSD card provided for the data in the Media-System or for updating map and systemsfiles.
X Insert an SD card into the SD card slot inthe centre console.
X Switch on the device.The map data is read by the navigationsystem.
Removing an SD card
X Select Menu > System > Remove SD card.X Confirm the display message with Yes.X Press the SD card.X Remove the SD card from the slot.
Updating map data
Regular updates will be offered for the mapdata. The first update can be downloaded forfree in the web portal within 90 days of vehi-cle activation. This requires registration athttp://tomtom.com/forsmart. Further infor-mation is available from any smart centre.
X Remove SD card from the vehicle and insertinto a computer.
X Install update software on the computer.X Run the map update assistant.
i As well as updates, the latest software forthe Media-System can be downloaded andPremium Voices by TomTom can be pur-chased.
Entering and managing destinations
Entering a destination by address
X When using the navigation system for thefirst time, enter country.
X Select Navigation > Drive to... >Address.
X If desired, change the country using theflag symbol.
X Enter town or postcode.
X Select the destination from the list.X Select the street.X Select the house number.X Confirm with Done.
Searching for a car park near the desti-nation address
This function can be called up when enteringthe destination.
X Select W > Nearby car park.A list of car parks near the current desti-nation appears.
Displaying information about the desti-nation address
This function can be called up when enteringthe destination.
X Select W > Show info.
Entering a destination using the map
A location on the map can be selected as thedestination.
X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Point on map.
X Align map view with the destination.X Tap the destination point on the display.
The symbol selected is highlighted in blue.X Tap on the symbol to confirm.
Entering a destination using the voicecontrol system
X Press the button on the multifunctionsteering wheel.A tone sounds.
X Say the command "Enter address".X When prompted by the voice control sys-
tem, say the destination address, includ-ing street name, house number and city.
X Say the voice command “Yes” or, if severalpossible destinations are displayed, saythe number.
Using the navigation system 127
>> U
sin
g th
e sm
art
Med
ia-S
yst
em.
Z
Selecting a destination from the list oflast destinations
X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Recent destinations.
X Select destination.
Entering a destination using geo-coor-dinates
X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Lati‐tude Longitude.
X Enter the longitude and latitude
Setting home location
X Select Navigation > Settings > Set home address.
X Enter a home address
Setting home as a destination
X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Home.
Selecting a saved location as destination
At least one destination must be stored forthis function.
X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Saved locations.
X Select destination.
Managing saved locations
X Select Navigation > Settings > Manage saved locations.
Entering a point of interest
POIs such as museums, restaurants or carparks near a location are displayed on themap.
X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Point of interest.The following list of surrounding areasappears. A POI can be searched for in theseareas:RNear my locationRAlong the routeRNear destination
RNear homeRIn a city
X Select surrounding area for the search for aPOI.The following list of categories for POIsappears:RList of categories for POIs, e.g. filling
station or restaurantRPOI name searchRPOI search within a category
X Select category for the search.X Select POI.
i If the charging station category is selec-ted, only charging stations from the mapdata are searched. Charging stations thatcan be checked for charging point availa-bility are not taken into account.
Managing POIs
Adding a POI categoryX Select Navigation > Settings > Manage POIs > Add POI category.
X Enter the name and symbol for the new POIcategory.
Deleting a POI categoryX Select Navigation > Settings > Manage POIs > Delete POI category.
X Select the POI category to be deleted.
Adding POIsX Select Navigation > Settings > Manage POIs > Add POI.If no POI categories have been defined yet,a prompt appears to enter a POI category.
X Select the category for the POI.X Enter your POI.
Deleting POIsX Select Navigation > Settings > Manage POIs > Delete POI.
X Select POI category.X Select the POI to be deleted.
128 Using the navigation system>>
Usi
ng
the
smar
t M
edia
-Sy
stem
.
Editing POIsX Select Navigation > Settings > Manage POIs > Edit POI.
X Select POI category.X Customise the POI properties.
Setting alerts for a nearby POIX Select Navigation > Settings > Manage POIs > Warning when near POI.
X Select POI category.X Set the distance at which the message
should appear.X Set the type of alert issued.
Entering a destination via the TomTomLIVE service "TomTom Places"
POIs from the “TomTom Places” online data-base are available using the “TomTom Pla-ces” function.
X Select Navigation > Drive to... > TomTom Places.A list of search criteria appears which canbe used to search for a POI.
X Select the search criteria.X Enter a search term.
If a large number of search results areavailable, 20 additional search results canbe downloaded.
Changing the route
Useful information
Once the destination has been selected, thenavigation system calculates the route to thedestination. The following options are avail-able for adjusting the route guidance:
Rcalculate alternative routesRadjust routes calculated by the navigation
systemRplan routes in advance and travel via spe-
cific way pointsRadjust settings for calculating routesOnce the route is calculated, a route sum-mary is shown. By default, the quickest routewill be calculated for route planning, takinginto account IQ Routes™. Traffic informationis taken into account when calculating theroute.
The “route overview” function allows you toset whether the summary of a calculatedroute is automatically faded out from thedisplay after ten seconds.If the route is not confirmed with Done, thedisplay automatically switches to map viewafter approximately ten seconds.
Displaying a planned route
Calculating the routeX Enter a destination.X Select Done.
Displaying the route detailsX Select W > Route details.X Select one of the following functions:RDisplay instructions
An overview of the route with directionsappears.RDisplay a map of the route
The route appears on a map.RDisplay the destination
The destination for the route appears.By pressing W, it is possible to searchfor a car park near the destination or addthe location to the saved locations.RShow traffic on route
Traffic disruptions along the route areshown.RSummary
A summary of the route details appears.
Saving a planned route
X Select W > Save Itinerary .
Changing the route
Cancelling the routeX Select Navigation > Change route > Can‐cel route.When a new destination is entered, routeguidance can be resumed again.
Using the navigation system 129
>> U
sin
g th
e sm
art
Med
ia-S
yst
em.
Z
Calculating an alternative routeX Select Navigation > Change route > Cal‐culate alternative.A new route is calculated and displayedthat takes you on different roads.
X Select the alternative route or a previousone.
Route guidance via way pointThe route can be adjusted by entering up tofour way points.
X Select Navigation > Change route >Travel via.If a way point has already been entered, alist of the saved way points will be dis-played.
X Select Add.X Select a new way point from Address,Recent destinations, Saved locations,TomTom Places or POI.The new way point is added.
Avoiding road blocksThe route can be changed if a section of roadalong the route is blocked or there is a trafficjam.
X Select Navigation > Change route > Avoid roadblock.
X Select the length of the route that needs tobe avoided.
Avoiding specific roadsThe route is calculated to avoid specificroads.
X Select Navigation > Change route > Avoid part of route.A list of the roads on the route is displayed.
X Select the road you wish to avoid.
Taking traffic disruptions into accountThe route is recalculated based on currenttraffic informationTraffic information is not available in allcountries and regions.
X Select Navigation > Change route > Mini‐mise delays.An overview of the traffic disruptionsalong the route will be shown.
X Select the traffic disruption you wish toavoid.
Planning a route in advance
Adding a routeX Select Navigation > Routes.X Select Add.X Select the starting point of the route.X Enter the route destination.X Enter at least one way point for the route.X Enter the route name.X Confirm with Done.
Starting navigation using a saved routeX Select Navigation > Routes.X Select the desired route.X Select W > Go.
Setting route planning
Selecting the route typeX Select Navigation > Settings > Route planning > Route types.
X Select one of the following settings:RAsk for every routeRAlways plan the fastest routeRAlways plan eco routesRAlways avoid motorwaysRAlways plan the shortest route
Selecting the setting for toll roadsX Select Navigation > Settings > Route planning > Toll roads.
X Select one of the following settings:RAsk for toll roads on routeRAlways avoid toll roadsRDo not avoid toll roads
Selecting the setting for ferry connectionsX Select Navigation > Settings > Route planning > Ferry connections.
X Select one of the following settings:RAsk for ferries on my routeRAlways avoid ferriesRDo not avoid ferries
i Route planning treats the Eurotunnel asa ferry connection.
130 Using the navigation system>>
Usi
ng
the
smar
t M
edia
-Sy
stem
.
Selecting the setting for unpaved roadsX Select Navigation > Settings > Route planning > Unpaved roads.
X Select one of the following settings:RAsk for unpaved roads on my routeRAlways avoid unpaved roads
Selecting the setting for carpool lanesCarpool lanes are lanes which can only beused by vehicles with at least two occupants.
X Select Navigation > Settings > Route planning > Carpool lane settings.
X Select one of the following settings:RAsk for carpool lanes on my routeRAlways avoid carpool lanes.RNever avoid carpool lanes
Using information during route guid-ance
Useful information
Navigation announcements provide guid-ance during the journey without distractingyou from traffic conditions. In addition, thedisplay shows information about the route.
Switching navigation announcements onand off
X Tap on the area of the next navigationmanoeuvre during route guidance.
X Select Turn on voice guidance or Turn off voice guidance.
Information such as traffic reports andwarnings will be played even if the naviga-tion announcements have been deactivated.During route guidance, traffic informationcan be shown for the route ahead. The fol-lowing traffic information can be received:
RTraffic announcements (RDS/TMC)RHD Traffic (a TomTom Live service)
i HD Traffic Information takes precedence.
Live services are not available in all coun-tries and regions. Further information:http://tomtom.com/services
Tracking navigation on the display
: Zoom in and out of the map view; Maximum permitted speed= Name of the next main road or informa-
tion about the next street sign? Traffic informationA Route informationB Compass and symbol for two or three-
dimensional map displayC Context menuD Next navigation manoeuvre with dis-
tance and symbol for volume adjustmentE Information about current radio or audio
equipment
X Tap on an area or on a symbol in the mapdisplay:RMap: to switch to the overview mapR:: to zoom in and out of the map viewR?: to show traffic reports on the routeRA: to display the route detailsRB: to switch between two or three-dimen-
sional map displayRC: to open the context menuRD: to repeat the navigation instruction,
change the volume of navigationannouncements or switch offRE: to switch to the corresponding radio,
multimedia or telephone menuThe navigation system zooms in on the mapview as the vehicle approaches a junction.This makes it possible to follow turningmanoeuvres more accurately.Shortly before navigating a motorway junc-tion or exit, the display will show a three-dimensional representation of the lanes andthe exit. Lane Keeping Assist is not availablefor all junctions in all countries.
Using the navigation system 131
>> U
sin
g th
e sm
art
Med
ia-S
yst
em.
Z
Traffic information details
: Overall delay on route; Traffic disruption (packed snow)= Traffic disruption (rain)? Traffic disruption (traffic jam)A Current location and distance to next
traffic disruption
During route guidance, traffic information isshown for the route ahead. When there are anumber of traffic disruptions in quick suc-cession, only the very next disruption on theroute will be displayed.Traffic information is not available in allcountries and regions.
Colour Meaning
Grey Unknown or unexplained situa-tion
Orange Slow-moving traffic
Red Traffic jam
Darkred
Standstill or road blocked
Calling up more detailed informationabout the traffic problems
X Tap on the display for traffic informationduring route guidance.
Scrolling through the traffic reports
X Tap on the message on the touchscreen andswipe left or right.
Displaying the overview map
Useful information
With the “View map” function, the displayshows a slidable, two-dimensional overviewmap. The map shows your current position,as well as a number of other elements, suchas Favourites.
Displaying a map
X Select Navigation > View map.A map of the surrounding area will beshown.
X To search: select W > Search.
Controlling the map view
Moving the mapX Tap on the centre of the touchscreen.X Swipe in the desired direction. The map
will then move in the respective direction.
Zooming in on the mapX Place two fingers slightly apart in the
middle of the touchscreen.X Move your fingers away from each other.
Reducing the scale of the mapX Place two fingers, at a greater distance
apart, on the screen. Do not place your fin-gers at the very top area or very bottomarea of the display.
X Pull your fingers towards each other.
Showing and hiding additional informa-tion on the map
X Select Navigation > View map.X Select W > Change map information.X Select one of the following information
options:RTraffic informationRNamesRPoints of interest (POIs)RSatellite imagesRCoordinates
132 Using the navigation system>>
Usi
ng
the
smar
t M
edia
-Sy
stem
.
Using TomTom Services with the navi-gation system
Useful information
In the TomTom Services menu, traffic infor-mation and other TomTom-LIVE services canbe called up and managed.TomTom Live Services are available for asubscription fee. The following TomTomServices come pre-installed and, followingactivation, can be used free of charge for aperiod of three years:
RHD TrafficRRadar cameras (not available in all coun-
tries)RWeatherRTomTom PlacesMore information on serviceshttp://www.tomtom.com/services.More information on availability in specificcountries: http://smart.com/connectTomTom Services can also be called up andmanaged in the Services menu. In the mainmenu, select Services > TomTom Services.
i If you have subscribed to the "TomTomTraffic" service and this is available, the"Traffic info" menu will be called "TomTomTraffic".
Activating TomTom services
TomTom services must be activated in thesmart Media-System before using them forthe first time. If TomTom Services are not yetactivated, a corresponding button will bedisplayed in the main menu and in the Serv‐ices menu.To activate TomTom services for the firsttime, observe the following requirements:
Ran SD card with map data is inserted intothe SD card slotRa valid vehicle position is available on the
mapRa mobile phone network is available
X Select Services > Activate My Services.X Confirm the display message with Yes.
After a short while, TomTom Services areavailable.
X Select Services > TomTom Services.The TomTom services installed on thedevice are displayed.
X Select the desired TomTom service.A display message appears. TomTom Serv-ices are activated.
Starting TomTom services
X Select Navigation > TomTom Services.
Checking subscription status for Tom-Tom Services
X Select Navigation > TomTom Services > My Services.The services available on the device andtheir subscription status will be shown.
Displaying traffic information along theroute
X Tap on the area of traffic information dur-ing route guidance.
X Swipe left or right to switch between traf-fic information.
Adjusting the route according to trafficdisruptions
X Select Navigation > TomTom Services >Traffic > Minimise delays.A faster route that had been previouslyrejected or route which may not have beentaken into account due to the Never change my route setting for the trafficinformation is selected.
Displaying traffic disruptions on theoverview map
X Select W > View map during route guid-ance.Traffic disruptions are displayed as sym-bols on the overview map. Large area traf-fic disruptions such as rain, fog or snoware displayed with several symbols.
X To view detailed information, tap on a traf-fic disruption symbol.
The following symbols are used:
Using the navigation system 133
>> U
sin
g th
e sm
art
Med
ia-S
yst
em.
Z
Symbol Meaning
Traffic jam
Road blocked
Traffic disruption
Construction site
One or more lanes blocked
Accident
Traffic disruption avoidedusing the traffic information
Fog
Wind
Snow
Black ice
Rain
i Large area traffic disruptions such asrain, fog or snow are displayed on theoverview map with several symbols.
Viewing traffic information for the routeto work
X Select Navigation > TomTom Services >Traffic > Traffic info. for route to work.
X Select one of the following settings:RHome to workRWork to homeRChange the home to work route
Changing the settings for traffic infor-mation
X Select Navigation > TomTom Services >Traffic > Traffic info. settings.
X Select one of the following settings:RAlways change to this route
If a faster route has been calculated dueto a traffic report, the navigation systemautomatically changes the route.RRequest confirmation for route
If a faster route has been calculated dueto a traffic report, the navigation systemwill ask which route should be used.RNever change my route
The navigation system will not changethe route, even if a traffic announcementhas been made.
Setting the navigation system
Setting the voice
The voice which is used for navigation com-mands can be changed. It is possible tochoose between computer-generated voicesor voices recorded by professionals. For voi-ces that have been recorded by professio-nals, only basic navigation commands willbe spoken.
X Select System > Sound > Voice.X Select voice for playback.X To listen to the voice, select Test.
Setting the voice output
The read-aloud function is only available ina computer-generated voice.
X Select System > Sound > Voice output settings.
X Select one of the following settings:RRead early warning instructions aloudRRead motorway lane instructions aloudRRead traffic info. aloud when nav‐igatingRRead foreign street names aloudRRead street numbers aloudRRead street names aloudRRead weather information aloudRRead POI warnings aloudRRead aloud warningsRRead signposts aloud
134 Using the navigation system>>
Usi
ng
the
smar
t M
edia
-Sy
stem
.
Changing the map
X Select Navigation > Settings > Change map.
X Select the desired map.
Changing the map colours
X Select Navigation > Settings > Change map colours.
X Press , or . to select the desireddisplay.
Setting safety warnings
X Select System > Safety warnings.X To select the desired settings:RSuggest driving breaksRWarn when driving near schoolsRWarn when driving faster than allowedRWarn when driving faster than a set speed
X Select Resume.X Select a warning tone for the respective
safety warning.
For the “Warn when driving faster than a setspeed” function, the speed above which thewarning tone should sound must be entered.
Setting the units of measurement for dis-tance
All units of measurement for distance in thenavigation system can be changed. The unitsof measurement for distance of other dis-plays are not changed, such as distance dis-plays for the eco score or the on-board com-puter.
X Select System > Set units > Distance units.
X Select one of the following settings:RKilometresRMiles
Setting the units for GPS coordinates
X Select System > Set units > GPS co-ordi‐nate display.
X Select one of the following settings:
RDegrees (d°)RDegrees, Minutes (d° m.m')RDegrees, Minutes, Seconds (d° m\' s\'')
Managing apps
Useful information
If available, apps may be installed and man-aged on the smart Media-System. Apps andthe use of TomTom services can be called upand managed in the Services menu.The smart Media-System uses a mobilephone connection for data connection. Pleasetake note of the following information whenusing data services:
RThe mobile connectivity and built-in SIMcard for this vehicle can only be used fordata services. These are offered by certainthird parties as well as Daimler AG. Usageoccurs via the smart Media-System in thevehicle. The use of data services requiresthe conclusion of separate agreementsbetween the vehicle user and the respec-tive provider. Voice service usage is notpermitted. As such, the SIM card must bepermanently installed as factory equip-ment.RThe mobile communications connectivity
and the SIM card may only be used respon-sibly in accordance with the applicablelaws and other legal requirements of thecorresponding countries. Insofar as this iswithin the power of the vehicle user.RUpgrading, reproduction, reverse assem-
bly and disassembly of the SIM card arenot permitted. Statutory authorityremains unaffected.
Failure to follow the above instructions, canin some cases lead to temporary or perma-nent deactivation of the mobile connectionand the SIM card. This depends on theseverity of non-compliance. The measuresdescribed here, contribute in particulartowards protecting the Daimler AG and itscontractual partners from negative legalconsequences arising from non-compliance.The availability of mobile connectivity inindividual countries depends on the exis-tence of corresponding mobile service agree-ments with local mobile network providers.
Managing apps 135
>> U
sin
g th
e sm
art
Med
ia-S
yst
em.
Z
Availability can therefore change from timeto time. The maximum period of validity forthe mobile connectivity is 15 years from thetime of installation in the vehicle.
Installing Apps
If available, apps may be used on the SmartMedia-System. This requires registration athttp://tomtom.com/forsmart.
X Remove SD card from the vehicle and insertinto a computer.
Further information: http://tomtom.com/forsmart.
Displaying and calling up apps
Displaying apps
X Select Services > Settings > Applica‐tions manager.The Apps installed on the SD card areshown in the smart Media-System.
Calling up apps
X Select Services.X Select the desired app.
Calling up the connectivity manager
The connectivity manager allows you tomanage the devices connected to the smartMedia-System.
X Select Services > Settings > Connectiv‐ity manager.
Managing data sharing
Enabling or disabling data sharing
If data sharing has not been enabled before-hand, a corresponding message is shownwhen the smart Media-System is started up.Data sharing can be enabled or disabled atany time.
X Select Services > Settings > Data shar‐ing.
X Select one of the following settings:
RYesEnable data sharingRNo
Disable data sharing.
Displaying additional information
X Select Services > Settings > Data sharing> About.
Displaying text in another language
X Select Services > Settings > Data sharing> Language.
136 Managing apps>>
Usi
ng
the
smar
t M
edia
-Sy
stem
.
Online access to the vehicle
G WARNING
If you operate information and communi-cation equipment integrated in the vehiclewhen driving, you could be distracted fromthe traffic situation. This could also causeyou to lose control of the vehicle. There is arisk of an accident.
Only operate this equipment when thetraffic situation permits. If you cannot besure of this, stop the vehicle paying atten-tion to road and traffic conditions andoperate the equipment with the vehiclestationary.
G WARNING
If you use mobile information systems andcommunications devices while driving,you will be distracted from traffic condi-tions. You could then lose control of thevehicle. There is a risk of an accident.
Only operate these devices when the vehi-cle is stationary.
Observe the legal requirements for the coun-try in which you are currently driving.You can use "smart control" to access remotequery and to configure your vehicleremotely. It can be accessed from computersand smartphones. The Internet address isavailable from any smart centre. It is alsopossible to call up "smart control" via thesmart website.Access to "smart control" is free of charge forthe first three years commencing from hand-over of the new vehicle, subject to the avail-ability of the service. Thereafter you cancontinue to subscribe to use the "smart con-trol" service.The availability and features of "smart con-trol" may vary from country to country.Requirements for the use of "smart control":
RYou must register on the "smart control"website.
A valid e-mail address is necessary forregistration and the terms of use must beaccepted.RThe vehicle must be linked with a personal
"smart control" account at a smart centre.Verification and presentation of the vehi-cle registration document are required tolink the vehicle. The vehicle identificationnumber (VIN) is also required.RThe desired functions must be activated
after linking the vehicle.For activation, the "smart control" terms ofuse for both the remote query and remoteconfiguration must be accepted via a por-tal. The portal address is supplied by thesmart centre.RThe vehicle must be connected to the
Internet.Connection is made possible via the mobilecommunications module integrated in thevehicle.
Once these requirements are fulfilled, thefollowing functions, for example, may beused:
RCalling up the current locking status of thevehicle.RCalling up information on the distance
before the next recommended service or ifa service is already due.RCalling up the current vehicle position in
the range of approx. 1.5 km around thevehicle.
If there is a delay in the synchronisation ofdata via the mobile phone network, the dis-plays in the vehicle and at "smart control"may temporarily differ from each other.Further information on "smart control" isavailable at any smart centre.
Using smart "ready to" services
Useful information
smart "ready to" services are only availablein certain countries.The functions are enabled via a communica-tion module and the smart "ready to" app.Information as well as the Internet addressesfor the smart "ready to" services are availa-ble at any smart centre.
Using smart "ready to" services 137
>> U
sin
g on
lin
e of
feri
ngs
.
Z
i If you are already using a smart "readyto" service, additional services can beactivated with your user details in theusual web portal or via the app.
The communication module and activationare required in order to use the smart "readyto" services:RRegister on the "ready to" web portal.
A valid e-mail address and the vehicleidentification number (VIN) are necessaryfor registration, and the conditions of usemust be accepted.RInstall the "ready to" app on your smart-
phone and create a user account.
Using the Key Card Holder
Key Card Holder : is fitted in the glove com-partment and is intended for the storage andinventory of the vehicle key and up to twocards (e.g. fuel card, parking card or car washcard).The inventory is available within certainsmart "ready to" services.For an inventory, the key and/or the cardsmust be equipped with an RFID tag.
138 Using smart "ready to" services>>
Usi
ng
onli
ne
offe
rin
gs.
Stowing small objects
Please note
G WARNING
If you stow objects in the vehicle interior inan unsuitable way, they could slip or bethrown around and thus hit vehicle occu-pants. Additionally, the cup holders, openstowage spaces and mobile phone bracketscannot restrain the objects placed in themin the event of an accident. There is a riskof injury, especially in the event of brakingor sudden changes in direction.
RAlways stow objects so they cannot bethrown around in these or similar situa-tions.
RAlways ensure that objects do not pro-trude over the top of stowage compart-ments or ruffled pockets.
RAll closable stowage compartmentsshould be closed before beginning yourjourney.
RAlways stow and secure heavy, hard,pointed, sharp-edged, fragile objects orobjects which are too large behind thelast bench seat or under the passengerseats.
G WARNING
The cup holder cannot secure a drinks con-tainer in place during a journey. If you usea cup holder during a journey, the drinkscontainer could be flung around and liquidcould be spilt. Vehicle occupants couldcome into contact with the liquid and, inparticular, be scalded by hot liquid. Youcould be distracted from the traffic situa-tion and lose control of the vehicle. There isa risk of an accident and injury.
Only use the cup holder when the vehicle isstationary. Only place containers of a suit-able size in the cup holder. Seal the con-tainer, in particular when it contains hotliquid.
! Only use the cup holders for containers ofthe right size and which have lids. Thedrinks could otherwise spill.
Using the compartments
X To stow objects, use the following com-partments:R: Stowage compartments in the doorsR; Cup holder in the front centre consoleR= Glove compartmentR? Stowage net in the front-passenger
footwellRA Sliding drawer in the centre consoleRB Spectacles compartment above the
driver's seatRBracket on the seat for a tabletRVelcro strip on the front passenger seat
for stowing a handbagRCup holder in the rear centre console
with a recess for storing a mobile phoneRreadyspace seats: cargo box with cup
holders in the rear compartmentRParcel shelfRStowage net in the boot on the partition
trim to the right
Stowing small objects 139
>> L
oad
ing
and
sto
win
g.
Z
Locking/unlocking the glove compart-ment
X Insert the key into the lock and turn clock-wise to position 2 (to lock) or anticlock-wise to position 1 (to unlock).
Using the rear cup holders (readyspaceseats)
In conjunction with readyspace seats, twocup holders : and ; are available for use inthe rear.
X Open the stowage compartment in order touse cup holder ;.Cup holder ; can be removed. The maxi-mum load for the stowage compartment is1 kg.
Removing and fitting the rear shelf
Removing the rear shelf
! The maximum load which may be placedon the parcel shelf is 3 kg.
: Straps; Rear shelf
X Detach the straps from the tailgate.X Fold down the rear shelf.X Pull the rear shelf out to the rear.
Fitting the rear shelf
X Place the rear shelf on the guide rails onthe left and right.
X Push the rear shelf forwards until itengages.
X Fold the rear shelf upwards.X Attach straps to the tailgate.
Stowing luggage and large objects
Please note
G WARNING
If you stow objects in the vehicle interior inan unsuitable way, they could slip or bethrown around and thus hit vehicle occu-pants. Additionally, the cup holders, openstowage spaces and mobile phone bracketscannot restrain the objects placed in themin the event of an accident. There is a riskof injury, especially in the event of brakingor sudden changes in direction.
RAlways stow objects so they cannot bethrown around in these or similar situa-tions.
RAlways ensure that objects do not pro-trude over the top of stowage compart-ments or ruffled pockets.
140 Stowing luggage and large objects>>
Loa
din
g an
d s
tow
ing.
RAll closable stowage compartmentsshould be closed before beginning yourjourney.
RAlways stow and secure heavy, hard,pointed, sharp-edged, fragile objects orobjects which are too large behind thelast bench seat or under the passengerseats.
G WARNING
Combustion engines emit poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxide. Ifthe tailgate is open when the engine isrunning, particularly if the vehicle is mov-ing, exhaust fumes could enter thepassenger compartment. There is a risk ofpoisoning.
Turn off the engine before opening thetailgate. Never drive with the tailgateopen.
The handling characteristics of a laden vehi-cle are dependent on the distribution of theload within the vehicle.Observe the following loading guidelineswhen loading and transporting luggage andloads:
Rnever exceed the maximum permissiblegross vehicle weight or the permissibleaxle loads for the vehicle (including occu-pants)Rthe load compartment is the preferred
place to stow objectsRstow heavy loads as far forwards and as
low down in the load compartment as pos-sibleRthe load must not protrude above the upper
edge of the seat backrestsRalways place the load against the rear or
front seat backrests. Make sure that theseat backrests are securely locked in placeRalways transport the load behind unoccu-
pied seats if possibleRsecure the load and luggage suitably
Opening the boot
! The tailgate swings upwards and to therear when opened. Therefore, make surethat there is sufficient clearance aboveand behind the tailgate.
X Press the % button on the key.X Press button :.X Fold the tailgate up.
Closing the boot
X Pull the tailgate down and close.X Press the & button on the key.
The vehicle is locked.
Using lashing eyelets
To prevent damage, observe the following:
RSecure the load using lashing eyelets :.RDistribute the load on the lashing eyelets
evenly.RDo not use elastic straps or nets.RPad any sharp edges.
Using lashing eyelets 141
>> L
oad
ing
and
sto
win
g.
Z
Enlarging the load compartment
Folding the rear seat backrest forward
G WARNING
If the rear bench seat/rear seat and seatbackrest are not engaged they could foldforwards, e.g. when braking suddenly or inthe event of an accident.
RThe vehicle occupant would thereby bepushed into the seat belt by the rearbench seat/rear seat or by the seat back-rest. The seat belt cannot protect asintended and could result in additionalinjury.
RObjects or loads in the boot/luggagecompartment cannot be restrained bythe seat backrest.
This poses an increased risk of injury.
Before every trip, make sure that the seatbackrests and the rear bench seat/rearseat are engaged before every trip.
X Push the head restraints all the way in.X Pull right or left loop : on the seat back-
rest in the direction of the arrow.X Fold down the seat backrest fully.
Folding back the rear seat backrests
! Make sure that the seat belt does notbecome trapped when folding the rear seatbackrest back. Otherwise, it could be dam-aged.
X Fold back the left or right seat backrestuntil it engages.Red lock status indicator : on the loopmust no longer be visible.
Folding the front-passenger seatbackrest forwards
Folding down the front-passenger seatbackrest (using the lever)
Seat with a lever
X Lift lever ; and slide the front passengerseat to its rearmost position.
X Pull lever : forwards.X Fold the seat backrest forwards at the same
time.
142 Enlarging the load compartment>>
Loa
din
g an
d s
tow
ing.
Folding down the front-passenger seatbackrest (using the handwheel)
Seat with a handwheel
X Turn handwheel : forward.
Folding back the front-passenger seatbackrest
Please note
G WARNING
If the seat backrest is not engaged, it mayfold forwards, e.g. during braking or in theevent of an accident.
RAs a result, a backrest which is notengaged would press you into the seatbelt. The seat belt cannot perform itsintended protective function and couldadditionally cause injury.
RThe backrest cannot restrain objects orloads in the boot.
This poses an increased risk of injury.
Before every journey, make sure that thebackrest is engaged as described.
Folding back the front-passenger seatbackrest (using the lever)
X Pull lever :.X Push the seat backrest back at the same
time until it engages.
Folding back the front-passenger seatbackrest (using the handwheel)
X Turn handwheel : backwards.
Adjusting the angle of the rear seatbackrests (cargo position)
X Release right-hand or left-hand seatbackrest ;.
X Fold right-hand or left-hand seat back-rest ; slightly forwards.
X Fold seat backrest catch : forwards.X Fold right-hand or left-hand seat back-
rest ; back to seat backrest catch : untilit engages.
Folding seat cushions forwards (ready-space seats)
G WARNING
If you rotate the rear seat cushion when thecargo box is removed, you or other vehicleoccupants could be caught in the seatmechanism. There is a risk of injury.
Only rotate the seat cushion if the cargobox is fitted. Ensure that no parts of thebody are in the immediate vicinity of mov-ing parts.
! Do not fold the rear seat backrests for-wards if the rear seat cushions have beenrotated. Otherwise, the rear seat backrestsmay be damaged.
Enlarging the load compartment 143
>> L
oad
ing
and
sto
win
g.
Z
X Pull loop : and fold the seat cushion for-wards.
Removing the cargo box (readyspaceseats)
X Release the cargo box using handle :.X Using both hands, reach into the handle
recesses at the front and behind and pushthe cargo box forwards and up at a slightangle.
X Remove the cargo box.
144 Enlarging the load compartment>>
Loa
din
g an
d s
tow
ing.
Useful information
The engine compartment in the smart islocated at the rear, below the boot. Here youcan check the engine oil level and top up theengine oil. All other reservoirs for servicefluids are located under the service cover atthe front.When working on the vehicle, always complywith all safety regulations. Always havework in the engine compartment carried outat a qualified specialist workshop.
Removing/fitting the subwoofer
Removing the subwoofer
X Release quick-release fastener : in thedirection of the arrow.
X Reach into the recess on the quick-releasefastener.
X Detach, tilt and pull the subwoofer to theright.
X Pull out the connector.
Fitting the subwoofer
X Insert the connector.X Place the subwoofer at the base of the side
trim.X Turn quick-release fastener : upwards.X Press the bracket into the recess in side
trim ;.X Turn quick-release fastener : to the
right.
Opening and closing the engine com-partment cover
Please note
G WARNING
The engine compartment cover can becomevery hot. There is a risk of injury if youremove the engine compartment cover towork in the engine compartment.
Allow the engine to cool down beforeremoving the engine compartment cover.
G WARNING
Combustion engines emit poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxide. ifthe engine compartment cover has notbeen fitted correctly when the engine isrunning, particularly whilst the vehicle ismoving, exhaust gases may enter the vehi-cle interior. There is a danger of poisoning.
Always switch off the engine beforeremoving the engine compartment cover.Make sure that the engine compartmentcover has been fitted correctly.
Opening and closing the engine compartment cover 145
>> M
ain
ten
ance
an
d c
are.
Z
Opening the engine compartmentcover
The vehicle must be secured against rollingaway.
X Open the tailgate.X Vehicles with a subwoofer: remove the sub-
woofer.X Vehicles with a rear shelf: remove rear
shelf :.X Fold up the carpet.X Unscrew and remove screws = in the
engine cover.X Remove engine cover ;.
Closing the engine compartment cover
X Slide engine compartment cover ; for-wards to the stop.
X Tighten screws =.X Fold down the carpet and push it under the
side panelling.X Vehicles with a rear shelf: fit rear shelf :.X Vehicles with a subwoofer: fit the sub-
woofer.
Opening and closing the service cover
Please note
G WARNING
If the service cover is not locked, it maycome loose during driving and block yourview or endanger other road users. There isa risk of an accident and injury.
Therefore, make sure that the service coveris locked before driving off.
G WARNING
If the windscreen wipers start to movewhen the service cover is open, you couldbecome caught up in the wiper rods. Thereis a risk of injury.
Always switch off the windscreen wipersand the ignition before you open the ser-vice cover.
! To ensure unhindered air intake, com-pletely remove any dirt or snow from theventilation slots above the service cover.
The vehicle must be secured against rollingaway.On vehicles with a lockable service cover, theservice cover must be unlocked before it isopened.
Unlocking the service cover
X Insert the tip of the key into the opening oflock cover :.
X Press the key to the right to lever up thelock cover.
X Remove the lock cover.X Insert the key into the lock and turn it 90°
clockwise.
146 Opening and closing the service cover>>
Mai
nte
nan
ce a
nd
car
e.
Opening the service cover
X Pull both levers ; in the direction of thearrow.
X Lift service cover = at the front.X Pull service cover = slightly forwards and
lift upwards.X Put down service cover =.
Closing the service cover
X Unhook service cover =.X Slide bars A on the left and right of the
service cover under the bars on wing ?.
X Press service cover = downwards.X Press both levers ; backwards in the
direction of the arrow.
Locking the service cover
X Insert the key into the lock and turn it toposition 1.
X Insert lock cover : on the driver's sideand snap it into place.
Checking service products and toppingup
Please note
G WARNING
Service product can be poisonous and haz-ardous to health. There is a risk of injury.
Observe the instructions on the respectiveoriginal container when using, storing anddisposing off service products. Alwaysstore service products in the sealed origi-nal container. Always keep service prod-ucts out of the reach of children.
H Environmental note
Dispose of service products in an environ-mentally-responsible manner.
Also observe the safety notes in the "Serviceproducts" section (Y page 206).Service products include the following:
RFuels (e.g. petrol, diesel)RLubricants (e.g. engine oil, transmission
oil)
Checking service products and topping up 147
>> M
ain
ten
ance
an
d c
are.
Z
RCoolantRBrake fluidRWindscreen washer fluidRClimate control system refrigerantService products approved by smart: http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com
Checking the engine oil and topping up
Checking the engine oil level
G WARNING
Certain components in the engine com-partment could be very hot, e.g. the engine,the radiator and parts of the exhaust sys-tem. There is a risk of injury when access-ing the engine compartment.
As far as possible, allow the engine to cooldown and only touch the componentsdescribed in the following.
G WARNING
If you open the bonnet while the engine isoverheating or while there is a fire in theengine compartment, you could come intocontact with hot gases or other leakingservice products. There is a danger ofinjury.
Allow an overheating engine to cool downbefore opening the bonnet. If there is a firein the engine compartment, leave the bon-net closed and notify the fire brigade.
G WARNING
There are moving components in theengine compartment. Certain componentsmay continue to move or suddenly moveagain even after the ignition has beenswitched off, e.g. the radiator fan. There isa risk of injury.
If you have to carry out work in the enginecompartment:
Rswitch off the ignition
Rnever touch the dangerous areas sur-rounding moving components, e.g. therotation area of the fan
Rremove jewellery and watches
Rkeep items of clothing and hair, forexample, away from moving parts.
Depending on your driving style, the vehicleconsumes up to 0.5 litres of oil per 1000 km.The oil consumption may be higher than thiswhen the vehicle is new or if it is frequentlydriven at high engine speeds.
To check the engine oil, the vehicle must beparked on a flat surface.
X If the engine has not been started for anextended period, e.g. overnight, the meas-urement can be carried out immediately.
X If the engine is at normal operating tem-perature, wait 5 minutes before measuring.
X If the engine was only started briefly andis not at normal operating temperature,switch off the engine and wait 30 minutesbefore carrying out the measurement.
X Open the engine compartment cover.X Remove oil dip stick : from the guide tube
and wipe it off.X Insert the oil dipstick fully into the guide
tube.X Pull out the oil dipstick.X Read the engine oil level.
The level must be between MIN = andMAX ;.
148 Checking service products and topping up>>
Mai
nte
nan
ce a
nd
car
e.
Adding engine oil
G WARNING
If engine oil comes into contact with hotcomponents in the engine compartment, itmay ignite. There is a risk of fire andinjury.
Make sure that engine oil does not spill outover the filler neck. Allow the engine tocool down and thoroughly clean the com-ponents that have come into contact withengine oil before you start the engine.
! Do not add too much oil. If the oil level isabove the MAX mark on the dipstick, toomuch oil has been added. This can lead toengine damage or catalytic converterdamage. Have excess oil siphoned off.
! Do not use any additives with the engineoil. This could damage the engine.
H Environmental note
When topping up the oil, take care not tospill any. If oil enters the soil or water-ways, it is harmful to the environment.
Information on tested and approved engineoils is available from any smart centre. smartrecommends that you have the oil changecarried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.Overview of approved engine oils:http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com, then enterthe designation, e.g. 229.5.
X Unscrew and remove cap :.X Top up with no more than 1 litre of recom-
mended engine oil.X Replace the cap and tighten it as far as it
will go until it engages securely.X Check the engine oil level.X Close the engine compartment cover.
i Regular engine oil changes using anapproved engine oil from the suitable SAEclassification are strongly recommended.
Checking the coolant and topping up
Checking the coolant level
X Stop the vehicle on a level surface.X Let the coolant cool down for at least
30 minutes.X Open the service cover.X Check reservoir ; visually.
The fluid level must be between the MINmark and the MAX mark.
Checking service products and topping up 149
>> M
ain
ten
ance
an
d c
are.
Z
Topping up the coolant
G WARNING
The cooling system is pressurised, partic-ularly when the engine is warm. If youopen the cap, you could be scalded if hotcoolant sprays out. There is a risk of injury.
Let the engine cool down before you openthe cap. Wear gloves and eye protection.Open the cap slowly to release the pres-sure.
! Only add coolant that has been premixedwith the desired antifreeze protection. Youcould otherwise damage the engine.Further information on coolants can befound in the Mercedes-Benz Specificationsfor Service Products, MB Specifications forService Products 310.1, e.g. on the Internetat http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com. Orcontact a qualified specialist workshop.
If antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor is present inthe correct concentration, the boiling pointof the coolant during operation is approx-imately 130 †.The antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor concen-tration in the engine cooling system shouldbe between 40% and 50% (antifreeze protec-tion down to -37 †). This will protect theengine cooling system against freezing downto approximately -25 †.
X Cover cap : of coolant expansion tank ;with a cloth.
X Turn the cap slowly one half turn. If nec-essary, allow excess pressure to escape.
X Turn the cap further and remove it.X Top up the coolant to the MAX level.X Replace the cap and tighten it as far as it
will go.X Close the service cover.
i See "Technical data" for information onrecommended coolants.
Topping up the washer fluid
G WARNING
Windscreen washer concentrate is highlyflammable. If it comes into contact with hot
components in the front compartment, itmay ignite. There is a risk of fire andinjury.
Make sure that windscreen washer con-centrate is not spilled next to the fillerneck.
X Open the service cover.X Pull cap : upwards at the tab.X If available, pull the removable nozzle up
as far as the stop.X Top up with washer fluid.X If available, push the removable nozzle
down and push it inside.X Replace and tightly screw on cap :.X Close the service cover.
i See "Technical data" for information onwindscreen washer fluid and antifreeze.
Checking wheels and tyres
G Warning
A flat tyre severely impairs the driving,steering and braking characteristics of thevehicle. There is a risk of an accident.
Do not drive with a flat tyre. Immediatelyreplace the flat tyre with your spare wheel,or consult a qualified specialist workshop.
G WARNING
Damaged tyres can cause tyre inflationpressure loss. As a result, you could losecontrol of your vehicle. There is a risk ofaccident.
150 Checking wheels and tyres>>
Mai
nte
nan
ce a
nd
car
e.
Check the tyres regularly for signs of dam-age and replace any damaged tyres imme-diately.
G WARNING
Insufficient tyre tread will reduce tyretraction. The tyre is no longer able to dis-sipate water. This means that on wet roadsurfaces, the risk of aquaplaning increa-ses, in particular where speed is not adap-ted to suit the driving conditions. There isa risk of accident.
If the tyre pressure is too high or too low,tyres may exhibit different levels of wearat different locations on the tyre tread.Thus, you should regularly check the treaddepth and the condition of the tread acrossthe entire width of all tyres.
Minimum tyre tread depth for:
Rsummer tyres: 3 mm
RM+S tyres: 4 mm
For safety reasons, replace the tyres beforethe legally prescribed limit for the mini-mum tyre tread depth is reached.
! If unavoidable, you should drive overobstacles such as kerbs slowly and not at asharp angle. Otherwise, you may damagethe wheels or tyres.
Modification work on the brake system andwheels is not permitted. The use of spacers orbrake dust shields is not permitted. Thisinvalidates the general operating permit forthe vehicle.Check the wheels and tyres for damage atleast once a month, as well as after drivingoff-road or on poorly surfaced roads.Run-in new tyres at moderate speeds for thefirst 100 km. The tyres only attain their max-imum performance after this distance.Vibrations, audible noises and unusual han-dling characteristics, e.g. pulling to one side,can indicate damage to wheels or tyres.
If you suspect a tyre defect:
X Reduce vehicle speed.X Stop the vehicle as soon as possible.X Check the wheels and tyres for damage.
If you find no signs of damage, have thewheels and tyres checked at a specialistworkshop.
Changing a wheel
Please note
G WARNING
Interchanging the front and rear wheelsmay severely impair the driving charac-teristics if the wheels or tyres have differ-ent dimensions. The wheel brakes or sus-pension components may also be damaged.There is a risk of accident.
Interchange front and rear wheels only ifthe wheels and tyres are of the samedimensions.
G WARNING
Exceeding the stated tyre load-bearingcapacity and the approved maximumspeed could lead to tyre damage or the tyrebursting. There is a risk of accident.
Therefore, only use tyre types and sizesapproved for your vehicle model. Observethe tyre load rating and speed ratingrequired for your vehicle.
G WARNING
If wheels and tyres of the wrong size areused, the wheel brakes or suspension com-ponents may be damaged. There is a risk ofan accident.
Always replace wheels and tyres withthose that fulfil the specifications of theoriginal part.
When replacing wheels, make sure to fitthe correct:
Rdesignation
Rtype
Changing a wheel 151
>> M
ain
ten
ance
an
d c
are.
Z
When replacing tyres, make sure to fit thecorrect:
Rdesignation
Rmanufacturer
Rtype
! On vehicles fitted with a tyre pressuremonitor, electronic components are loca-ted in the wheel.Tyre-fitting tools should not be applied inthe area of the valve, since this could dam-age the electronic components.Only have tyres changed at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.
! Position a suitable jack only on the jack-ing points intended for this purpose. Raisethe vehicle for a short time only to changethe wheel. Make sure the vehicle is on asuitable surface and that no-one is in thevehicle. Secure the vehicle using chocksand apply the parking brake.
Interchanging front and rear wheels or tiresof differing dimensions can render the gen-eral operating permit invalid.
Rules for selecting new tyres
! For safety reasons, smart recommendsthat you only use tyres and wheels whichhave been specifically approved by smartfor your vehicle. These are specially adap-ted to the control systems, such as ABS orESP®.Only use tyres and wheels specificallytested and approved by smart. Certaincharacteristics, e.g. handling, vehiclenoise emissions or fuel consumption, mayotherwise be adversely affected. In addi-tion, when driving with a load, dimen-sional variations and different tyre defor-mation characteristics could cause thetyres to make contact with the bodyworkand axle components. This could result indamage to the tyres or the vehicle.smart accepts no liability for damageresulting from the use of tyres or wheelsother than those tested and approved.Information on wheels and tyres can beobtained at a qualified specialist work-shop, e.g. a smart centre.
The service life of tyres depends on variousfactors, including the following:
RDriving styleRTyre pressureRMileageObserve the following rules for selecting newtyres:
RObserve country-specific regulationswhich stipulate or recommend a certaintyre type for the vehicle.ROnly fit tyres and wheels of the same type
and make.ROnly tyres of the same size may be used on
a single axle (left/right).ROnly use tyres of the same type (summer
tyres, all-season tyres, winter tyres).RUse only wheel-tyre combinations
approved by smart.RDo not wear tyres out too much. This oth-
erwise significantly reduces the tractionon wet roads (aquaplaning).RReplace tyres after six years at the latest.
i Recommended tyre pressures for variousoperating states can be found on the tyrepressure table on the driver's side doorpillar (B-pillar).
You can find further information regardingtyres and wheels at specialist tyre retailers,at qualified specialist workshops and at anysmart centre.
Preparing to change a wheel
The vehicle tool tray is located under theglove compartment.
X Stop the vehicle on solid, non-slippery andlevel ground.
X Apply the parking brake.X Position the front wheels to point straight
ahead.X Vehicles with a manual transmission:
depress the clutch pedal and shift to eitherfirst or reverse gear.
X Vehicles with automatic transmission: shiftthe transmission to position j.
X Switch off the engine.X Remove the key from ignition lock.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away.
152 Changing a wheel>>
Mai
nte
nan
ce a
nd
car
e.
Removing a wheel
G WARNING
If you do not position the jack correctly atthe appropriate jacking point of the vehi-cle, the jack could tip over with the vehicleraised. There is a risk of injury.
Only position the jack at the appropriatejacking point of the vehicle. The base of thejack must be positioned vertically, directlyunder the jacking point of the vehicle.
! Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt.The threads of the wheel bolts and wheelhubs could otherwise be damaged whenthe bolts are tightened.
Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps:
X Using both hands, grasp two hub capopenings and remove the hub cap.
Vehicles with steel wheels and hub cap cov-ers:
X Remove the wheel hub cover.
X Using wheel wrench : loosen the wheelbolts by about one turn. Do not unscrew thewheel bolts completely.
The vehicle may only be raised at the desig-nated jacking points. These points ; arelocated in the front and the rear directly nextto the wheels. Do not position jack = on theedge of sill :. Otherwise, damage to thevehicle could occur.
Changing a wheel 153
>> M
ain
ten
ance
an
d c
are.
Z
X Position jack ; behind the triangularindentations for jacking point : on thelongitudinal body member.
X Set the foot of the jack up vertically withrespect to the jacking point on the vehicle.
X Raise the vehicle using the jack until thetyre is a maximum of 3 cm off the ground.
X Unscrew and remove the wheel bolts.X Remove the wheel.
Fitting a wheel
G WARNING
The wheels could work loose if the wheelnuts and bolts are not tightened to thespecified tightening torque. There is a riskof accident.
Have the tightening torque immediatelychecked at a qualified specialist workshopafter a wheel is changed.
G WARNING
If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nutswhen the vehicle is raised, the jack couldtip over. There is a risk of injury.
Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nutswhen the vehicle is on the ground.
! When changing a wheel, use only wheelbolts that have been approved for thewheel rim and vehicle.
Always pay attention to the instructions andsafety notices in "Changing a wheel"(Y page 151).
Fit tyres with a specified direction of rota-tion only according to their direction of rota-tion. An arrow on the sidewall of the tyreindicates its correct direction of rotation.
X Clean the wheel and wheel hub contactsurfaces.
X Push the wheel onto the wheel hub andpress it on.
X Screw in the wheel bolts and tighten themslightly.
X Lower the vehicle all the way.X Remove the jack.X Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a cross-
wise pattern in sequence indicated :to ?. The tightening torque must be105 Nm.
X Check the recommended tyre pressure andadjust if necessary.
i Vehicles with tyre pressure control sys-tem: all fitted wheels must be equippedwith functioning sensors.
154 Changing a wheel>>
Mai
nte
nan
ce a
nd
car
e.
Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps:
X Fit hub cap A such that valve B does notbecome trapped.
X Press the hub cap evenly onto the wheelwith both hands until you hear the hub capengage.
X Check to make sure the hub cap is seatedsecurely on the wheel.
Vehicle with steel wheels and wheel hub cov-ers:
X Fit the wheel hub cover.
Storing wheels
X Store wheels in a cool, dry and dark placewhen not in use.
X Protect against oil, grease and fuel.
Using the tyre pressure monitor
Useful information
It is the driver's responsibility to set the tyrepressure to the recommended cold tyre pres-sure suitable for the operating situation.The tyre pressure monitor issues a warningwhen the pressure drops in one or more of thetyres.The tyre pressure monitor works properlyonly if sensors are present in all four tyres,and after the monitor has learned the correcttyre pressure for the current operating sit-uation. This occurs automatically in mostsituations, but may also be specified afterrestarting the tyre pressure monitor. Beforerestarting, check the tyres for the recom-mended tyre pressure.
The tyre pressure monitor does not provide awarning in the following cases:
REven loss of pressure on multiple tyresRSudden loss of tyre pressure, e.g. due to
penetration by a foreign bodyRIncorrectly set tyre pressureThe tyre pressure monitor has a yellowwarning lamp in the instrument cluster forindicating a pressure loss or malfunction.
Restarting the tyre pressure monitor(on-board computer with a mono-chrome display)
X Set the tyre pressure of all tyres to therecommended value.
X On the multifunction lever press the ´button repeatedly until the ° and hsymbols are displayed in the instrumentcluster display.
X Press and hold the a button on the mul-tifunction lever.The ° and h symbols will flash inthe instrument cluster display for about5 seconds. The two symbols then light up.
The tyre pressure monitor is restarted.
Restarting the tyre pressure monitor(on-board computer with colour dis-play)
X Set the tyre pressure of all tyres to therecommended value.
X Select Settings > Tyre pressure monitorin the on-board computer.The Tyre pressure monitor Adopt cur‐rent pressures as new reference val‐ues? message appears in the display.
X Select yes and press a to confirm.The display shows the Tyre pressure monitor restarted message.
If the Tyre pressure monitor restartedmessage does not appear after 5 seconds,repeat the tyre pressure monitor restart.
Using the tyre pressure monitor 155
>> M
ain
ten
ance
an
d c
are.
Z
Checking the tyre pressures
Please note
G WARNING
Underinflated or overinflated tyres posethe following risks:
Rthe tyres may burst, especially as theload and vehicle speed increase.
Rthe tyres may wear excessively and/orunevenly, which may greatly impairtyre traction.
Rthe driving characteristics, as well assteering and braking, may be greatlyimpaired.
There is a risk of an accident.
Observe the recommended tyre pressureand check the tyre pressure of all the tyres:
Rat least every two weeks
Rwhen the load changes
Rbefore embarking on a longer journey
Rfor changed operating conditions, e.g.off-road driving
If necessary, correct the tyre pressure.
G WARNING
If you mount unsuitable accessories ontotyre valves, the tyre valves may be over-loaded and malfunction, which can causetyre pressure loss. Aftermarket tyre pres-sure monitoring systems will cause thetyre valve to remain open. This can alsoresult in tyre pressure loss. There is a riskof an accident.
Only screw standard valve caps or valvecaps specifically approved by smart foryour vehicle onto the tyre valve.
G WARNING
If the tyre pressure drops repeatedly, thewheel, valve or tyre may be damaged. Tyrepressure that is too low may result in a tyreblow-out. There is a risk of accident.
RCheck the tyre for foreign objects.
RCheck whether the wheel is losing air orthe valve is leaking.
If you are unable to rectify the damage,contact a qualified specialist workshop.
H Environmental note
Check the tyre pressure regularly, at leastevery 14 days.
The table with the recommended tyre pres-sure for various operating conditions can befound on the driver's side door pillar(B-pillar).The tyre pressure table may also state airpressures for different load conditions.These are defined in the table as differentnumbers of passengers and amounts of lug-gage. The actual number of seats may differfrom this.If a tyre size precedes a tyre pressure, thetyre pressure information following is onlyvalid for that tyre size. If tyre sizes are notspecified, the tyre pressures stated on thetyre pressure table apply for all approvedtyres.
Checking and correcting the tyre pres-sure manually
Only check the tyre pressure once the tyreshave cooled down.
X Drive the vehicle less than 2 km.X Park the vehicle away from direct sunlight
for at least three hours.X Check the tyre pressure with a suitable
tyre pressure gauge.
156 Checking the tyre pressures>>
Mai
nte
nan
ce a
nd
car
e.
X If necessary, adjust the tyre pressure.X Restart tyre pressure monitor.
Using winter tyres
G WARNING
M+S tyres with a tyre tread depth of lessthan 4 mm are not suitable for use in winteras they do not provide sufficient traction.There is a risk of accident.
M+S tyres with a tread depth of less than4 mm must be replaced.
At temperatures below +7 †, summer tyreslose elasticity and therefore traction andbraking power. Change the tyres on yourvehicle therefore to winter tyres or all-sea-son tyres marked with M+S. Using summertyres at very cold temperatures could causetears to form, thereby damaging the tyrespermanently. smart cannot accept responsi-bility for this type of damage.Have the vehicle winterproofed at a qualifiedspecialist workshop at the onset of winter.
X At low temperatures, use only winter tyresmarked with M+S.
X When road conditions are wintry, useM+S tyres with the additional i snow-flake symbol.These tyres allow driving safety systems,e.g. ABS, to function optimally in the win-ter.
X Use M+S tyres of the same make and treadon all wheels.
X When driving with M+S tyres, observe thespecified maximum permissible speed.
X Use only tyre types and sizes approved forsmart.
X When using tyres with a specified direc-tion of rotation, observe the arrow on thesidewall indicating the tyre's direction ofrotation.
After fitting M+S tyres:
X Check tyre pressure.X Restart tyre pressure monitor.X If M+S tyres with a lower maximum per-
missible speed than that of the vehicle arefitted, affix an appropriate warning labelin the driver's field of vision. Using the
limiter, restrict the speed to the maximumpermissible speed for M+S tyres.
Using snow chains
G WARNING
If you have fitted snow chains to the frontwheels, they may scrape against the vehi-cle body or chassis components. This couldcause damage to the vehicle or the tyres.There is a risk of an accident.
To avoid hazardous situations:
Rnever fit snow chains on the front wheels
Rfit snow chains to the rear wheels inpairs.
! Vehicles with steel wheels: if you fit snowchains on steel wheels, you may damagethe hub caps. Remove the hub caps fromthe relevant wheels before fitting the snowchains.
For safety reasons, smart recommends thatyou only use snow chains that have beenspecially approved for your vehicle by smart.Further information can be obtained at asmart centre or a qualified specialist work-shop.
X Observe country-specific regulations.X Use only snow chains approved for smart.X Fit snow chains on both rear wheels.X Use snow chains only on snow-covered
roads.X When driving with snow chains fitted, do
not exceed the maximum permissiblespeed of 50 km/h.
Changing the window wiper blades
Please note
G WARNING
If the windscreen wipers begin to movewhile you are changing the wiper blades,you can be trapped by the wiper arm. Thereis a risk of injury.
Changing the window wiper blades 157
>> M
ain
ten
ance
an
d c
are.
Z
Always switch off the windscreen wipersand ignition before changing the wiperblades.
! Never open the service cover or tailgate ifa wiper arm has been folded away from thewindscreen or rear window. Never fold awiper arm without a wiper blade back ontothe windscreen or rear window. Hold thewiper arm firmly when you change thewiper blade. If you release the wiper armwithout a wiper blade and it falls onto thewindow, the window may be damaged bythe force of the impact.
Changing the window wiper blades onthe windscreen
X Fold the wiper arm away from the wind-screen.
X Press release clips ; on mounting ? inthe direction of windscreen 3. The catchtab is released from the mounting and thewindow wiper blades can be removed fromthe wiper arm.
X Slide window wiper blade : in the direc-tion of arrow 5 until the securing hook forthe window wiper blade is revealed.
X Remove the window wiper blade.
X Slide new window wiper blade : in thedirection of arrow 4 onto mounting = ofwiper arm ;.The window wiper blade snaps into place.
X Check that the window wiper blade is posi-tioned correctly.
X Carefully fold wiper arm ; onto the wind-screen.
Changing the rear window wiper blade
X Remove key from ignition lock.X Fold wiper arm : away from the rear win-
dow until you hear it engage.X Pull window wiper blade ; in the direc-
tion of the arrow until it is released fromthe retainer on the wiper arm.
X Remove window wiper blade ;.X Slide new window wiper blade ; onto
wiper arm : until it engages.X Turn window wiper blade ; parallel to
wiper arm :.X Check that window wiper blade ; is posi-
tioned correctly.X Fold wiper arm : back onto the rear win-
dow.
158 Changing the window wiper blades>>
Mai
nte
nan
ce a
nd
car
e.
Cleaning the vehicle
Useful information
Regular care maintains the appearance andquality of the vehicle over time.Observe the following when cleaning andcaring for the vehicle:
X Use soft, moist cloths.X Use care products and cleaning agents
recommended and approved by smart.X Do not use acidic cleaning agents.X In winter, carefully remove road salt as
soon as possible.
Cleaning the vehicle exterior
Cleaning the vehicle
Preparing the vehicle for cleaning
G WARNING
Braking efficiency is reduced after thevehicle has been washed. There is a risk ofan accident.
After washing the vehicle, brake carefullywhile paying attention to the traffic con-ditions in order to restore full braking effi-ciency.
X Close the side windows completely.X Switch off the climate control blower.X Turn the windscreen wipers to position 0.
Cleaning in an automatic car washX Prepare the vehicle for cleaning.X Remove excess dirt.X Drive through the automatic car wash.X Remove wax from the front windscreen and
the wiper blades.
i If the windscreen wipers leave smearsafter the vehicle has passed through thecar wash, this may be caused by wax orother residue. This residue can be removedwith washer fluid.
Washing by handX Locate a washing bay equipped for hand-
washing.X Prepare the vehicle for cleaning.X Apply mild cleaning agent with a soft
vehicle sponge.X Thoroughly hose the vehicle with a gentle
jet of water; do not point the water jetdirectly towards the air inlet grille.
X Dry the vehicle off with a chamois.
Cleaning with a high-pressure cleaner
G WARNING
The water jet of circular-jet nozzles (dirtgrinders) can cause damage not visiblefrom the outside to tyres or chassis com-ponents. Components damaged in this waycan unexpectedly fail. There is a risk of anaccident.
Do not use high-pressure cleaners withcircular-jet nozzles to clean the vehicle.Have damaged tyres or chassis compo-nents replaced immediately.
! Always maintain a distance of at least30 cm between the vehicle and the high-pressure cleaner nozzle. Informationabout the correct distance is availablefrom the equipment manufacturer.Move the high-pressure cleaner nozzlearound when cleaning your vehicle.Do not aim directly at any of the following:
RtyresRdoor gaps, roof gaps, joints etc.Relectrical componentsRbatteryRconnectorsRlightsRsealsRventilation slotsDamaged seals or electrical componentscan lead to leaks or failures.
X Prepare the vehicle for cleaning.X Maintain a distance of at least 30 cm
between the high-pressure cleaner nozzleand the vehicle.
X Keep moving the nozzle whilst cleaning.
Cleaning the vehicle 159
>> M
ain
ten
ance
an
d c
are.
Z
Cleaning the reversing camera
X Clean camera lens : with water and a softcloth.
Cleaning the sensors
Vehicles with forward collision warning:: Forward collision warning sensor; Parking aid sensors
Vehicles with Active Brake Assist:: Active Brake Assist sensor; Parking aid sensors
X Clean sensors with water, car shampoo anda soft cloth.
Cleaning the wheels
G WARNING
The water jet of circular-jet nozzles (dirtgrinders) can cause damage not visiblefrom the outside to tyres or chassis com-ponents. Components damaged in this waycan unexpectedly fail. There is a risk of anaccident.
Do not use high-pressure cleaners withcircular-jet nozzles to clean the vehicle.Have damaged tyres or chassis compo-nents replaced immediately.
! Do not use acidic wheel cleaning prod-ucts to remove brake dust. This could dam-age wheel bolts and brake components.
! Do not park up your vehicle for a longperiod of time immediately after cleaning,particularly after cleaning the wheel rimwith wheel cleaner. Wheel cleaner maylead to increased corrosion of the brakediscs and pads. You should therefore drivefor a few minutes after cleaning. By heat-ing up the brakes, the brake discs and padsdry. The vehicle can then be parked up fora long period of time.
160 Cleaning the vehicle>>
Mai
nte
nan
ce a
nd
car
e.
X Clean the wheels with an acid-free clean-ing agent.
Cleaning the exhaust pipe
! Do not clean the exhaust pipe with acid-based cleaning agents, such as sanitarycleanser or wheel cleaner.
X Clean the exhaust pipe with an acid-freecleaning agent.
Cleaning the windows and windscreenwipers
Cleaning the windows
G WARNING
If the windscreen wipers are set in motionwhen cleaning the windscreen or wiperblades, you could become trapped. There isa danger of injury.
Always switch off the windscreen wipersand the ignition before cleaning the wind-screen or wiper blades.
X Place the wiper arms in the vertical posi-tion and fold them away from the window.
X Clean the inside and outside of the win-dows with a damp cloth and a cleaningagent recommended by smart.
X Clear deposits regularly from the wind-screen and rear window to ensure thatwater can drain unhindered.
Cleaning the window wiper bladesX Place the wiper arms in the vertical posi-
tion and fold them away from the window.X Clean the window wiper blades with a soft
cloth.X Fold the wiper arms back into place.
Cleaning the panoramic roof
! Only use cleaning agents or cleaningcloths that are suitable for plastic lenses.Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaningcloths could scratch or damage the plasticpanes of the panorama roof. Do not usecleaning agents containing solvents
X Apply mild cleaning agent for plastic len-ses and wipe off with a moist sponge.
Cleaning the roof
Dry cleaningX Brush from the front to the back using a
soft brush.
Wet cleaningX Dry clean first.X Wash down with a soft brush or sponge and
lukewarm water.X Rinse with clean water.
Cleaning the exterior lighting
X Apply mild cleaning agent for plastic len-ses and wipe off with a wet sponge.
Cleaning and caring for paintwork
! Do not affix stickers to the painted sur-face. Adhesive residue could damage thepaintwork.
X Remove impurities immediately by rub-bing carefully.
X Soak insect remains with insect removerand rinse off.
X Soak bird droppings with water and rinseoff.
X Use tar remover to remove tar stains.X Use silicone remover to remove wax.X Remove coolant, brake fluid, tree resin,
oils, fuels and greases by rubbing care-fully with a cloth soaked in petroleumether or lighter fluid.
Cleaning the vehicle interior
Cleaning the displays
! For cleaning, do not use any of the fol-lowing:
Ralcohol-based thinner or petrolRabrasive cleaning agentsRcommercially-available household
cleaning agentsThese may damage the display surface. Donot put pressure on the display surfacewhen cleaning. This could lead to irrepar-able damage to the display.
Cleaning the vehicle 161
>> M
ain
ten
ance
an
d c
are.
Z
X Switch off the display and let it cool down.X Clean the display surface with a microfibre
cloth and cleaner for TFT/LC displays.X Dry the display surface using a dry micro-
fibre cloth.
Cleaning the steering wheel and gear orselector lever
X Wipe off with a moist cloth, or use a leathercare agent recommended by smart.
Cleaning the seat belts
G WARNING
Seat belts may be severely weakened ifbleached or coloured. This may lead to theseat belts, for example, tearing or failing inan accident. There is an increased risk ofinjury, possibly even fatal.
Never bleach or colour seat belts.
! Do not clean the seat belts using chemi-cal cleaning agents. Do not dry the seatbelts at temperatures above 80 † or indirect sunlight.
X Clean the seat belts using only lukewarmsoapy water.
Cleaning and caring for seats
Please note
! Do not use microfibre cloths to clean gen-uine leather or artificial leather covers, asthese are too aggressive and, if used often,may damage the cover.
Regular care maintains the appearance andfeel of the seats over time.
Cleaning and caring for genuine leatherseat coversX Wet a cloth with water and clean the seat
covers. Do not allow the leather to becomesoaked.
X Wipe off with a dry cloth.X Apply a leather care agent recommended
by smart.
Cleaning synthetic leather seat coversX Wet a cloth with detergent water and clean
the seat covers.
Cleaning cloth seat coversX Wet a microfibre cloth with detergent
water.X Rub cloth covers with care, cleaning entire
sections of the cover.X Allow the seat to dry.
Cleaning DINAMICA seat coversX Wet a cloth with water.X Clean entire sections of the cover.
Cleaning the artificial leather cover ofthe dashboard (BRABUS)
X Wet a cloth with detergent water andclean.
Cleaning the trim
Cleaning the plastic trim
G WARNING
Care products and cleaning agents con-taining solvents can cause surfaces in thecockpit to become porous. This could resultin plastic parts breaking away when theairbags are deployed. There is a danger ofinjury.
Do not use care products and cleaningagents containing solvents to clean thecockpit.
! Never attach the following to plastic sur-faces:
RstickersRfilmsRperfume oil container or similarYou could otherwise damage the plastic.
To maintain the appearance of high-qualityplastic surfaces, do not allow surfaces tocome into contact with cosmetics, insectrepellents or sun creams.
162 Cleaning the vehicle>>
Mai
nte
nan
ce a
nd
car
e.
X Clean the plastic trim with a damp cloth.X Use care products and cleaning agents
recommended by smart to remove heavysoiling.
Cleaning the roof liningX Remove heavy soiling using a soft brush or
a cleaning agent recommended by smart.
Cleaning the carpetsX Use carpet and textile cleaning agents rec-
ommended by smart.
Cleaning the trim elements
! Do not use solvent-based cleaningagents such as tar remover, wheel clean-ers, polishes or waxes. There is otherwise arisk of damaging the surface.
X Clean the trim elements with a moistmicrofibre cloth.
X Use care products and cleaning agentsrecommended by smart to remove heavysoiling.
Observing service due dates
The ¯ and ° indicator lamps in theinstrument cluster display are reminders ofupcoming service due dates:
R¯: minor service.R°: major service.Monochrome display: the indicator lampflashes for a few seconds after the engine isstarted. Depending on the operating condi-tions of the vehicle, the time or distanceremaining until the service is due, is alsodisplayed.The service interval is based on normal oper-ation of the vehicle. Observe the following ifthe vehicle is operated under arduous con-ditions or increased loads, e.g. regular citydriving with frequent intermediate stops:
X Carry out service work more often thanspecified by the service interval.
X Have the air filter, engine oil and oil filterchanged more frequently.
X Check the tyres more frequently.
Current information on the type of servicecan be obtained at a smart centre or a quali-fied specialist workshop.
Parking up the vehicle
! Please note that if the vehicle is not usedfor prolonged periods, vehicle damage mayoccur and the battery may discharge orbecome damaged.
X Visit a qualified specialist workshop for aconsultation.
Parking up the vehicle 163
>> M
ain
ten
ance
an
d c
are.
Z
Securing the vehicle in the event of anaccident or a breakdown
Securing the vehicle
! When a tyre is damaged, the danger areamust be kept clear of all persons.
X Stop the vehicle away from traffic on solid,non-slippery ground.
X Switch on the hazard warning lights.X Turn the front wheels to the straight-
ahead position.X Switch off the engine.X Passengers should leave the vehicle.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away.X Set up the warning triangle.
In the event of a flat tyre, without TIREFIT thevehicle cannot be made roadworthy againusing the on-board equipment. No emer-gency call can be made via the smart Audio-System. The vehicle owner and the driver ofthe vehicle are responsible for equipping thevehicle with an appropriate breakdown kitand seeking assistance in the event of abreakdown.
Switching the hazard warning lamps onand off
When the hazard warning lamps areswitched on, all the turn signal lamps flash.The hazard warning lamps automaticallyswitch on in the following cases:
Ran airbag is deployed.Rthe vehicle decelerates rapidly from a
speed of above 70 km/h and comes to astandstill.
The hazard warning lamps switch off auto-matically if a speed of 10 km/h is exceededagain after full brake application.
X To switch on the hazard warning lampsmanually: press button :.
Securing the vehicle against rollingaway
Securing on level ground
X When changing a wheel, place chocks orother suitable items under the front andrear of the wheel that is diagonally oppo-site the wheel you wish to change.
Securing on a downhill gradient
164 Securing the vehicle in the event of an accident or a breakdown>>
Dea
lin
g w
ith
acc
iden
ts a
nd
bre
akd
own
s.
X Place wheel chocks or other suitable itemsin front of the wheels of the front and rearaxle.
Using the warning triangle
Removing the warning triangle
Warning triangle : is located in the bootbehind the seat backrest, secured to the car-pet with a Velcro fastener. Return it to thislocation after use.
X Remove warning triangle : from the boot.
Setting up the warning triangle
X Fold feet 3 out to the side.X Pull side reflectors 2 upwards to form a
triangle.X Connect the reflectors using upper stud1.
X Place the warning triangle at a suitabledistance.
Removing the first-aid kit
i Check the expiry date on the first-aid kitat least once a year. Replace the contents ifnecessary, and replace any missing parts.
First-aid kit ; is located in the boot behindthe seat backrest, secured to the carpet witha Velcro fastener. Return it to this locationafter use.
X Remove first-aid kit ; from the boot.
Removing the fire extinguisher
The fire extinguisher is located underneaththe front passenger seat.
Removing the vehicle tool tray
The towing eye and the TIREFIT kit are loca-ted in the vehicle tool tray under the glovecompartment.
X Remove bolts in the front-passenger foot-well.
X Remove the vehicle tool tray.
Removing the vehicle tool tray 165
>> D
eali
ng
wit
h a
ccid
ents
an
d b
reak
dow
ns.
Sealing tyres using the TIREFIT kit
Useful information
The tyre sealant is pumped into the tyre.TIREFIT is a tyre sealant. TIREFIT is used toseal punctures of up to 4 mm, particularlythose in the tyre tread, at outside tempera-tures of up to -20 †.
Please note
G WARNING
In the following situations, the tyre seal-ant is unable to provide sufficient break-down assistance, as it is unable to seal thetyre properly:
Rthere are cuts or punctures in the tyrelarger than those mentioned above.
Rthe wheel rim is damaged.
Ryou have driven at very low tyre pres-sures or on a flat tyre.
There is a risk of an accident.
Do not drive any further. Contact a quali-fied specialist workshop.
G WARNING
The tyre sealant is harmful and causesirritation. It must not come into contactwith your skin, eyes or clothing or be swal-lowed. Do not inhale TIREFIT fumes. Keeptyre sealant away from children. There is arisk of injury.
If you come into contact with the tyre seal-ant, observe the following:
RRinse off the tyre sealant from your skinimmediately with water.
RIf the tyre sealant comes into contactwith your eyes, immediately rinse themthoroughly with clean water.
RIf tyre sealant is swallowed, immedi-ately rinse your mouth out thoroughlyand drink plenty of water. Do not inducevomiting, and seek medical attentionimmediately.
RImmediately change out of clothingwhich has come into contact with tyresealant.
RIf an allergic reaction occurs, seek med-ical attention immediately.
G WARNING
A tyre temporarily sealed with tyre sealantimpairs the driving characteristics and isnot suitable for higher speeds. There is arisk of accident.
You should therefore adapt your drivingstyle accordingly and drive carefully. Donot exceed the specified maximum speedwith a tyre that has been repaired usingtyre sealant.
The maximum permissible speed for a tyresealed with tyre sealant is 80 km/h.
! After use, excess tyre sealant may run outof the filler hose. This could cause stains.Therefore, place the filler hose in the plas-tic bag that contained the TIREFIT kit.
H Environmental note
Have the used tyre sealant bottle disposedof professionally, e.g. at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.
Comply with the manufacturer's safetyinstructions on the sticker on the tyre infla-tion compressor.
Filling with tyre sealant
X Leave foreign bodies which have penetra-ted the tyre in the tyre.
X Remove the vehicle tool tray.X Remove the TIREFIT kit, consisting of a
tyre sealant bottle and a tyre inflationcompressor, from the vehicle tool kit.
X Affix the 80 km/h maximum speed sticker tothe instrument cluster within the driver'sfield of vision.
166 Sealing tyres using the TIREFIT kit>>
Dea
lin
g w
ith
acc
iden
ts a
nd
bre
akd
own
s.
X Unwind plug : with the cable from tyreinflation compressor ;.
X Remove hose A from the bottom section oftyre inflation compressor ;.
X Unscrew the cap from tyre sealant bot-tle ?.
X Connect hose A.
X Remove valve flap from valve E on thefaulty tyre.
X Unscrew cap from filler hose =.X Screw filler hose = onto valve E.X Insert connector : into the cigarette
lighter socket or the 12 V socket.X Turn the key to position 1 in the ignition
lock.X Press on/off switch B on tyre inflation
compressor ; to position 1.The tyre sealant is pumped into the tyre.The pressure in pressure gauge C maybriefly rise to approximately 600 kPa(6.0 bar/86 psi).
i Preventing damage to the tyre inflationcompressor
Do not switch off the tyre inflation com-pressor during this phase.
X Let the tyre inflation compressor run for amaximum of 15 minutes, then allow it tocool down.
The tyre pressure in pressure gauge C mustbe at least 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi).Allow any leaking tyre sealant to dry. It canthen be removed like a layer of film.Have any clothing stained with tyre sealantcleaned as soon as possible with perchloro-ethylene.
Further procedure if the pressure of thesealed tyre is below 180 kPa
G WARNING
If the specified tyre pressure still cannotbe reached, the tyre is too badly damaged.The tyre sealant cannot repair the tyre inthis instance. Damaged tyres and low tyrepressures can significantly impair thevehicle's braking and driving character-istics. There is a risk of an accident.
Do not drive any further. Contact a quali-fied specialist workshop.
X Switch off the tyre inflation compressor.X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of
the defective tyre.Please note that tyre sealant may escapewhen unscrewing.
X Slow move the vehicle approximately 10 mforwards or backwards.
X Pump up the tyre again.After a maximum of 15 minutes, the tyrepressure must be at least 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi).
Further procedure if the pressure of thesealed tyre is at least 180 kPa
X Switch off the tyre inflation compressor.X Unscrew the hose from the valve of the
defective tyre.Please note that tyre sealant may escapewhen unscrewing.
Sealing tyres using the TIREFIT kit 167
>> D
eali
ng
wit
h a
ccid
ents
an
d b
reak
dow
ns.
Z
X Stow the tyre sealant bottle and the tyreinflation compressor.
X Perform a test drive.The maximum permissible speed for a tyresealed with tyre sealant is 80 km/h.
X Stop after driving for approximately 3 kmand check the tyre pressure with the tyreinflation compressor.The tyre pressure must now be at least130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi). The precise valuesare located on the door pillar (B-pillar) onthe driver's side.
X If necessary, adjust the tyre pressure.X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve on
the sealed tyre.Please note that tyre sealant may escapewhen unscrewing.
X Screw the valve cap onto the valve of thesealed tyre.
X Pull the tyre sealant bottle out of the tyreinflation compressor. The filler hose stayson the tyre sealant bottle.
X Drive to the nearest qualified specialistworkshop and have the tyre changed there.
X Have the tyre sealant bottle and filler hosereplaced as soon as possible at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.
Adjusting the tyre pressure
Increasing the tyre pressure
X Switch on the tyre inflation compressor.X Observe the display.
Reducing the tyre pressure
X Press button : next to pressure gauge ;.
i Even unused tyre sealant loses its effec-tiveness over time.Have the tyre sealant bottle replaced everyfour years at a qualified specialist work-shop.
Jump-starting and charging the bat-tery
Please note
G WARNING
Work carried out incorrectly on the batterycan lead, for example, to a short circuit andthus damage the vehicle electronics. Thiscan lead to function restrictions applyingto safety-relevant systems, e.g the light-ing system, the ABS (anti-lock braking
system) or the ESP® (Electronic StabilityProgram). The operating safety of yourvehicle may be restricted.
You could lose control of the vehicle, forexample:
Rwhen braking
Rin the event of abrupt steering manoeu-vres and/or when the vehicle's speed isnot adapted to the road conditions
There is a risk of an accident.
In the event of a short circuit or a similarincident, contact a qualified specialistworkshop immediately. Do not drive anyfurther. Always have work on the batterycarried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.
Further information about ABS (Y page 51)and ESP® (Y page 55).
G WARNING
During charging and jump-starting,explosive gases can escape from the bat-tery. There is a risk of an explosion.
Particularly avoid fire, naked flames, cre-ating sparks and smoking. Ensure there issufficient ventilation while charging andjump-starting. Do not lean over a battery.
168 Jump-starting and charging the battery>>
Dea
lin
g w
ith
acc
iden
ts a
nd
bre
akd
own
s.
G WARNING
During the charging process, a batteryproduces hydrogen gas. If a short circuitoccurs or sparks are created, the hydrogengas can ignite. There is a risk of an explo-sion.
RMake sure that the positive terminal of aconnected battery does not come intocontact with vehicle parts.
RNever place metal objects or tools on abattery.
RIt is important that you observe thedescribed order of the battery terminalswhen connecting and disconnecting abattery.
RWhen jump-starting, make sure that thebattery poles with identical polarity areconnected.
RIt is particularly important to observethe described order when connectingand disconnecting the jump leads.
RNever connect or disconnect the batteryterminals while the engine is running.
G WARNING
Electrostatic build-up can lead to the cre-ation of sparks, which could ignite thehighly explosive gases of a battery. Thereis a risk of an explosion.
Before handling the battery, touch thevehicle body to remove any existing elec-trostatic build-up.
The build up of an electrostatic charge maybe caused by the following:
Rwearing synthetic-fibre clothingRclothing rubbing against the seatRmoving the battery over carpet or other
synthetic materialsRrubbing the battery with a cloth
G WARNING
Battery acid is caustic. There is a risk ofinjury.
Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or cloth-ing. Do not breathe in any battery gases. Do
not lean over the battery. Keep the batter-ies out of the reach of children. Immedi-ately rinse off battery acid thoroughlywith plenty of clean water and seek medi-cal attention at once.
G WARNING
A discharged battery can freeze at tem-peratures below freezing point. Whenjump-starting the vehicle or charging thebattery, gases can escape from the battery.There is a risk of an explosion.
Allow the frozen battery to thaw out beforecharging it or jump-starting.
RIf the indicator/warning lamps in theinstrument cluster do not light up at tem-peratures around or below freezing point,it is very likely that the discharged bat-tery has frozen. In this case do not jump-start the vehicle or charge the battery.RThe service life of a battery that has been
thawed may be reduced drastically.RThe starting characteristics may be
impaired, especially at low temperatures.RHave the thawed battery checked at a
qualified specialist workshop.
! Have the battery checked regularly at aqualified specialist workshop.Observe the service intervals in the Ser-vice Booklet or contact a qualified special-ist workshop for more information.
Have the battery charge checked more fre-quently if you use the vehicle mainly forshort trips or if the vehicle has been parkedfor an extended period of time.
! Always have work on the battery carriedout at a qualified specialist workshop.Should it, in exceptional circumstances, beabsolutely necessary to disconnect thebattery yourself, please observe the fol-lowing:Rswitch off the engine and remove the
key. Check that all the indicator lamps inthe instrument cluster are off. Other-wise, you may damage electronic com-ponents such as the alternator, forexample.Rfirst, disconnect the negative terminal
clamp, followed by the positive terminal
Jump-starting and charging the battery 169
>> D
eali
ng
wit
h a
ccid
ents
an
d b
reak
dow
ns.
Z
clamp. Never swap the terminal clamps.The vehicle electronics may otherwisebe damaged.Ron vehicles with automatic transmis-
sion, the transmission is locked in posi-tion P after disconnecting the battery.The vehicle is secured against rollingaway. You can then no longer move thevehicle.
The battery and the cover of the positiveterminal clamp must be fitted securelyduring operation.
! Do not make any attempt to start thevehicle if the on-board voltage is low (e.g.weak lighting) or 3 is shown in the dis-play. A starting attempt could damage thebatteries if they are cold or not fullycharged.
! Avoid repeated and lengthy startingattempts. Otherwise, the catalytic con-verter could be damaged by the non-com-busted fuel.
H Environmental note
Batteries contain pollu-tants. It is illegal to dis-pose of them with thehousehold rubbish. Theymust be collected sepa-rately and disposed of inan environmentallyresponsible recycling sys-tem.
Dispose of batteries in anenvironmentally respon-sible manner. Take dis-charged batteries to aqualified specialist work-shop or to a collectionpoint for used batteries.
For safety reasons, smart recommends usingonly batteries which have been approved foryour vehicle by smart. These batteries pro-vide increased leakage protection in theevent of an accident.
Comply with the following safety instruc-tions and protective measures when han-dling batteries.
WARNING
Fire, naked flames and smokingare prohibited when handling thebattery. Avoid creating sparks.
Battery acid is caustic. Avoid con-tact with the skin, eyes or cloth-ing.Wear suitable protective clothing;in particular gloves, an apron anda face mask.Immediately rinse acid splashesoff with clean water. Consult adoctor if necessary.Wear protective eyewear.
Keep children away.
Observe the operating instruc-tions.
Jump-starting
When jump-starting, observe the followingrules:
RAvoid multiple or lengthy startingattempts.RDo not use a rapid charging device to start
the vehicle.RYou may only jump-start the vehicle when
the engine and exhaust system are cold.RFor jump-starting, use only batteries with
a nominal voltage of 12 V.ROnly use jump leads that have a sufficient
cross-section and insulated terminalclamps.RIf the battery is fully discharged, leave the
donor battery connected for a few minutes
170 Jump-starting and charging the battery>>
Dea
lin
g w
ith
acc
iden
ts a
nd
bre
akd
own
s.
before attempting to start. This chargesthe empty battery a little.RMake sure that the two vehicles do not
touch.RMake sure that the jump leads are not dam-
aged.RDo not allow non-insulated parts of the
terminal clamps to come into contact withother metal parts while the jump leads areconnected to the battery.RThe jump leads must not come into contact
with parts which can move when theengine is running, e.g. the wiper rods orthe fan.
X Secure the vehicle using the parkingbrake.
X Switch off all electrical consumers, e.g.rear window heating or lighting.
X Turn the key to position g in the ignitionlock.
X Remove the key from ignition lock.X Open the service cover.
A Charged donor battery or an equivalentjump-starting device
X Remove the protective cap from positiveterminal : of your battery.
X First connect positive terminal : of yourbattery to positive terminal ; of donorbattery A using the jump lead.
X Start the engine of the donor vehicle andrun it at idling speed.
X First connect negative terminal = ofdonor battery A and then negative ter-minal ? of your battery using the jumplead.
X Start the engine.X Before disconnecting the jump leads, let
both engines run for several minutes.
X To disconnect the jump leads, follow thesequence in reverse.
X Attach protective cap to positive termi-nal :.
X Have the battery checked at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.
The battery is not accessible in all vehicles.If the other vehicle's battery is not accessi-ble, jump-start the vehicle using a donorbattery or a jump-starting device.
Charging the battery
In order to prevent damage, observe the fol-lowing requirements:
RUse only battery chargers with a maximumcharging voltage of 14.8 V.RCharge the battery using only a battery
charger approved by smart.When using another battery charger,remove the battery before charging.RObserve the operating instructions for the
battery charger.
X Open the service cover.X Remove the protective cap from positive
terminal : on the battery.X Connect positive terminal : on the bat-
tery to positive terminal ; on batterycharger A.
X Connect negative terminal = on batterycharger A to negative terminal ? on thebattery.
The vehicle battery should always be suffi-ciently charged to achieve the maximumpossible service life. The battery may dis-charge over time if the vehicle is not used.To charge the battery, a battery charger rec-ommended by smart can be connected.If the vehicle is unused for an extendedperiod, the battery should be checked fre-quently or disconnected at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.A battery charger adapted to and approvedby smart allows the charging of the batteryin its installed position. Further informationis available from any smart centre.
Jump-starting and charging the battery 171
>> D
eali
ng
wit
h a
ccid
ents
an
d b
reak
dow
ns.
Z
Towing and tow-starting the vehicle
Please note
G WARNING
Safety relevant functions are restricted orno longer available if:
Rthe engine is not running
Rthe brake system or power steering ismalfunctioning
Rthere is a malfunction in the voltagesupply or the vehicle's electrical system
When your vehicle is towed away or towedstarted, you may require considerablymore effort to steer and brake. There is arisk of an accident.
In such cases use a rigid towing bar. Beforebeing towed away or tow started, makesure the steering moves freely.
G WARNING
If the steering wheel lock is engaged, thevehicle can no longer be steered. There is arisk of an accident.
Always switch on the ignition when towingwith a tow rope or a towing bar.
G WARNING
When towing or tow-starting anothervehicle and its weight is greater than thepermissible gross weight of your vehicle,the:
Rtowing eye may be torn off
Rcar/trailer combination may swerve oreven overturn
There is a risk of an accident.
When towing or tow-starting anothervehicle, its weight should not be greaterthan the permissible gross weight of yourvehicle.
Information on the vehicle's permissiblegross mass can be found on the vehicle iden-tification plate (Y page 205).
! Observe the following points when tow-ing with a tow rope:
Rsecure the tow rope on the same side onboth vehicles.Rmake sure that the tow rope is not longer
than legally permitted. Mark the towrope in the middle, e.g. with a white cloth(30 x 30 cm). This makes other road usersaware that a vehicle is being towed.Ronly secure the tow rope to the towing
eye.Robserve the brake lamps of the towing
vehicle while driving. Always maintaina distance so that the tow rope does notsag.Rdo not use steel cables or chains to tow
your vehicle. You could otherwise dam-age the vehicle.
! Do not use the towing eyes for recoverypurposes as this could damage the vehicle.If in doubt, recover the vehicle with acrane.
! Pull away smoothly when towing away ortow-starting a vehicle. If the tractivepower is too high, the vehicles could bedamaged.
! You may tow the vehicle for a maximum of50km. A towing speed of 50 km/h must notbe exceeded.For towing distances over 50 km, the entirevehicle must be lifted up and transported.
Observe the legal requirements for the rele-vant countries when towing and tow start-ing.Preference should be given to transportingrather than towing.Vehicles with automatic transmission: thetransmission must be in position i whenthe vehicle is being towed.
i Before the vehicle is towed, switch off theautomatic locking feature. The drivercould otherwise be locked out when push-ing or having the vehicle towed.
i Vehicles with the basic carrier fitted:Do not tow the vehicle with the basic car-rier fitted.Do not secure the tow rope or tow bar to thebasic carrier.
172 Towing and tow-starting the vehicle>>
Dea
lin
g w
ith
acc
iden
ts a
nd
bre
akd
own
s.
Vehicles with automatic transmission:observe the notes on the selector lever whentowing away the vehicle.
Fitting the towing eye
The towing eye can be attached to the front orrear of the vehicle.
X Remove the towing eye from the vehicletool tray.
X Carefully prise off cover : on the vehicle.X Screw in the towing eye to the stop.
Towing the vehicle with both axles onthe ground
Vehicles with automatic transmission:
X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignitionlock.
X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.
X Shift the automatic transmission to posi-tion i.The selector lever lock can be manuallyreleased in the event of an electrical mal-function.
X Release the brake pedal.X Release the parking brake.X Switch on the hazard warning lights.
Vehicles with manual transmission:
X Leave the key in position 2 in the ignitionlock.
X Release the brake pedal.X Release the parking brake.X Switch on the hazard warning lights.
Towing the vehicle with the rear axleraised
X Switch on the hazard warning lights.X Deactivate automatic door locking.X Turn the front wheels to the straight-
ahead position.X Vehicles with automatic transmission: turn
the key to position 2 in the ignition lock.X Vehicles with automatic transmission: shift
the transmission to position j.X Vehicles with manual transmission:
depress the clutch pedal fully and selectneutral.
X Turn the key to position u in the ignitionlock and remove it.
Transporting the vehicle
! Only secure the vehicle by the wheels orrims, not by parts of the vehicle such as theaxle or steering components. Otherwisethe vehicle could be damaged.
X Vehicles with automatic transmission: turnthe key to position 2 in the ignition lock.Shift the transmission to position i.
X Vehicles with manual transmission:depress the clutch pedal fully and selectneutral.
As soon as the vehicle is loaded:
X Apply the parking brake.X Vehicles with automatic transmission: shift
the transmission to position j.X Vehicles with manual transmission: engage
first gear.
Towing and tow-starting the vehicle 173
>> D
eali
ng
wit
h a
ccid
ents
an
d b
reak
dow
ns.
Z
X Remove the key.X Lash down the vehicle.
Emergency engine starting by towstarting
The following conditions must be met beforetow starting:
RThe battery is connected.RThe engine has cooled down.RThe exhaust system has cooled down.X Switch on the hazard warning lights.X Fit the towing eye.X Attach the tow bar or tow rope.X Depress the brake pedal and keep it
depressed.X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition
lock.X Vehicles with automatic transmission:
activate the manual gearshift setting.X Vehicles with manual transmission:
depress the clutch pedal fully, engage sec-ond gear and keep the clutch pedal fullydepressed.
X Release the brake pedal.X Tow start the vehicle.X Vehicles with automatic transmission:
push the selector lever forwards towardsq until the engine starts. Do not depressthe accelerator pedal while doing so.
X Vehicles with manual transmission: with-out depressing the accelerator pedal,release the clutch pedal slowly.
X Vehicles with manual transmission: whenthe engine is started, immediately depressthe clutch pedal fully and select neutral.
X Keep the engine running by accelerating.X Pull over at a suitable place and stop the
vehicle safely, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions.
X Apply the parking brake.X Remove the tow bar or tow rope.X Remove the towing eye.
Removing the towing eye
X Loosen the towing eye and unscrew it.X Attach the cover to the recess at the top
and engage it at the bottom.X Stow the towing eye in the vehicle tool
tray.
Manually releasing the selector leverlock
The selector lever lock can be manuallyreleased in the event of an electrical mal-function, e.g. if the parking lock has beendeactivated for towing and should subse-quently be re-applied.
! Do not use any sharp-edged objects toprise out the cover from the centre console.Otherwise, the cover or the centre consolecould be damaged.
X Apply the parking brake.X Open the drawer on the front-passenger
side.X Prise out cover : on the centre console
from bottom edge ; using with a flat,blunt object.
X Pull cover : in the direction of the arrow.
174 Manually releasing the selector lever lock>>
Dea
lin
g w
ith
acc
iden
ts a
nd
bre
akd
own
s.
X Pull yellow release = behind the trim upand simultaneously press release but-ton ? on the selector lever.
X Shift the selector lever to N or P.
Replacing the bulbs
Useful information
G WARNING
Bulbs, lamps and plug connectors canbecome very hot during use. When replac-ing a bulb, you could burn yourself onthese components. There is a risk of injury.
Allow these components to cool downbefore replacing the bulb.
G WARNING
The radiator fan may continue to move orsuddenly move again even after the engineis switched off. There is a risk of injury.
If you have to carry out work in the frontcompartment:
Rswitch off the ignition
Rremove jewellery and watches
Rnever touch the rotation area of the fan
Rkeep items of clothing and hair, forexample, away from the fan
Observe the following rules when replacingbulbs:
ROnly replace bulbs when the engine isswitched off.RDo not use bulbs that have been dropped or
show signs of visible damage, e.g.scratches.
RDo not touch the glass bulb with your barehands.ROnly use bulbs in enclosed lamps designed
for that purpose.ROnly fit spare bulbs of the same type and
with a specified voltage.RDo not allow bulbs to come into contact
with moisture.RHave LEDs changed at qualified specialist
workshops only.Change only the bulbs described below your-self in accordance with the specified bulbtypes.
Replacing front bulbs
Changing dipped-beam and main-beamheadlamps
X Switch off the lights.X Open the service cover.X Remove cover :.X Pull out the connector.X Press retainer ; inwards and to the left.X Pull the bulb out.X Insert the new bulb.X Lock retainer ;.X Insert the connector.X Replace and engage cap :.
Replacing the bulbs 175
>> D
eali
ng
wit
h a
ccid
ents
an
d b
reak
dow
ns.
Z
Replacing the front turn signal lamps
X Switch off the lights.X Turn the respective front wheel inwards.X Push clamp : downwards.X Remove cover ; upwards.X Turn the bulb holder anti-clockwise and
remove it.X Remove the bulb from the bulb holder.X Insert the new bulb.X Insert the bulb holder and turn it clock-
wise until it engages.X Insert and engage cover ;.
Replacing the side turn signal lamps
X Carefully insert a flat tool into recess :.X Prise out side turn signal ;.X Turn bulb holder in side turn signal ; 90°
anti-clockwise and remove it.X Remove the bulb from the bulb holder.X Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder.X Insert the bulb holder into side turn sig-
nal ; and turn it 90° clockwise.X Refit side turn signal ;.
Replacing rear bulbs
Replacing the tail lamp bulbs
Tail lamps without partial LEDs
: Rear/brake lamp; Rear fog lamp= Reversing lamp? Turn signals
Tail lamps with partial LEDs
: Turn signals; Reversing lamp
Removing the tail lamp cover
176 Replacing the bulbs>>
Dea
lin
g w
ith
acc
iden
ts a
nd
bre
akd
own
s.
X Switch off the lights.X Open the tailgate.X Loosen screws :.X Remove the tail lamp.X Carefully insert a flat tool under the plas-
tic hanger on the tail lamp.X Lift the connector and remove it.
Replacing a faulty tail lamp bulb
: Rear lamp/brake lamp (vehicles withoutpartial LEDs)
; Turn signals= Reversing lamp? Rear fog lamp (vehicles without partial
LEDs)
X Release four tabs A on the bulb holder.X Remove the bulb holder.X Pull the faulty bulb out.X Insert the new bulb.X Refit the bulb holder.X Insert the connector.X Insert the tail lamp until you hear it
engage.X Tighten the screws on the tail lamp.
Replacing the licence plate lighting
X Insert a flat tool into recess :.X Remove the cover from the licence plate
lamp.X Remove the bulb from the holder.X Insert the new bulb into the holder.X Insert the lamp lens into the licence plate
lamp.
Replacing the interior lighting
X Insert a flat tool into the recess.X Prise out lamp lens :.X Remove the bulb from the holder.X Insert the new bulb into the holder.X Refit the lamp lens.
Changing fuses
Please note
G WARNING
If you manipulate, bridge or replace afaulty fuse with a fuse of a higher amper-
Changing fuses 177
>> D
eali
ng
wit
h a
ccid
ents
an
d b
reak
dow
ns.
Z
age, the electric cables could be overloa-ded. This may result in a fire. There is a riskof an accident and injury.
Always replace faulty fuses with specifiednew fuses of the correct amperage.
! Only use fuses that have been approvedfor smart vehicles and which have the cor-rect fuse rating for the system concerned.Components or systems could otherwise bedamaged.
! Make sure that no moisture can enter thefuse box when the cover is open.
The electrical fuses disconnect defective cir-cuits. If a fuse blows, all the connected com-ponents and their functions will fail.Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses ofthe same rating, which you can recognise bythe colour and fuse rating. The fuse ratingsare listed in the fuse allocation chart(Y page 207).If new fuses blow, the cause for this must bediagnosed and rectified at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.
Preparing the vehicle to change a fuse
X Apply the parking brake.X Switch off all electrical consumers.X Turn the key to position u in the ignition
lock and remove it.X Check whether all indicator lamps in the
instrument cluster are off.
Changing a fuse (left-hand drive vehi-cle)
! Do not use a pointed object such as ascrewdriver to open the cover in the dash-board. You could damage the dashboard orthe cover.
X Open the front-passenger door.X Open the glove compartment.X To open: open cover : in the direction of
the arrow.X Replace faulty fuse.X To close: insert and fold in cover : until it
engages.X Close the glove compartment.
Changing a fuse (right-hand drivevehicle)
X Open the driver’s door.X To open: turn quick-release fastener ; by
90° using a suitable object.X Fold down cover :.X Replace faulty fuse.X To close: close cover :.X Close quick-release fastener ;.
178 Changing fuses>>
Dea
lin
g w
ith
acc
iden
ts a
nd
bre
akd
own
s.
Replacing the key battery
G WARNING
Batteries contain toxic and corrosive sub-stances. If batteries are swallowed, it canresult in severe health problems. There is arisk of fatal injury.
Keep batteries out of the reach of children.If a battery is swallowed, seek medicalattention immediately.
H Environmental note
Batteries contain pollu-tants. It is illegal to dis-pose of them with thehousehold rubbish. Theymust be collected sepa-rately and disposed of inan environmentallyresponsible recycling sys-tem.
Dispose of batteries in anenvironmentally respon-sible manner. Take dis-charged batteries to aqualified specialist work-shop or to a collectionpoint for used batteries.
X Fixed keys: unscrew screw :.
X Insert a flat tool, e.g. a coin, into the recess.X Turn the tool until the cover of the battery
tray opens.
X Replace battery = with the positive ter-minal facing upwards.
X Replace the cover on the battery tray andpush it closed.
X Fixed keys: tighten screw :.X Check the function of all key buttons.
Opening a door with the emergencyrelease
Opening a door with the emergency release 179
>> D
eali
ng
wit
h a
ccid
ents
an
d b
reak
dow
ns.
Z
If the vehicle cannot be opened using theremote control key, the vehicle can be openedusing the emergency release.If the driver's door is unlocked and openedwith the key in the emergency release, theanti-theft alarm system will issue an alarm.To disable the alarm, switch on the ignition.
X Insert the key into the emergency releaseon the driver's door.
X Turn the key anti-clockwise.X Remove the key from the lock.X Open the door.X To disable the alarm from the anti-theft
alarm system: switch on the ignition.
On right-hand-drive vehicles, the emer-gency release is located on the front-passenger door.
Locking the doors in an emergency
Locking the doors with the locking but-ton
X Open the driver’s door.X Close the other doors and the tailgate.X Press and hold button :. An audible lock-
ing and unlocking sound can be heard.Wait until the third (locking) sound, beforereleasing button :.
X Leave the vehicle and close the driver'sdoor.The doors, tailgate and fuel filler cap arelocked. The anti-theft alarm system isprimed.
X From the outside, check that the doors,tailgate and fuel filler cap are locked.
Locking the doors with the emergencylocking
X Insert the key into slot : on the left door.X Turn the key towards the bonnet as far as it
will go to position 2.X Close the left door.X Repeat the procedure described above on
the right door.X Check that the doors are locked.
i If you lock the vehicle using the emer-gency locking, the tailgate and fuel fillerflap are not locked. The anti-theft alarmsystem is not primed.
Unlocking the tailgate with the emer-gency release
! The tailgates swing to the rear, bothupwards and downwards, when opened.Therefore, make sure that there is suffi-cient clearance above, behind and belowthe tailgates.
If the tailgate can no longer be opened fromoutside the vehicle, it can be opened from theinside using the emergency release.
180 Unlocking the tailgate with the emergency release>>
Dea
lin
g w
ith
acc
iden
ts a
nd
bre
akd
own
s.
X Fold the rear seat backrest forward.X Slide lever : on the tailgate to the left
until the tailgate is unlocked.
Unlocking the tailgate with the emergency release 181
>> D
eali
ng
wit
h a
ccid
ents
an
d b
reak
dow
ns.
Z
Notes on display messages
The display shows warnings, malfunctionsor additional information. A warning tonealso sounds with some display messages.Messages from all categories can containimportant information that must beobserved. Have error messages checked at aMercedes-Benz Service Centre as soon aspossible. If an error message is not followedup with a repair, this can lead to damage thatis not covered by the Mercedes-Benz LimitedWarranty including injuries or materialdamage.
Display messages with graphic symbols aresimplified in the Owner's Manual and maydiffer from the symbols in the display.Colour display: low-priority display mes-sages can be hidden by pressing a on thesteering wheel. High-priority messages areshown in red. The display messages are thenstored in the message memory and can becalled up for as long as the ignition remainsswitched on. Switching off the ignition clearsthe message memory.
Locking and unlocking
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Key will not lock orunlock the vehicle.
A strong source of radio waves is interfering with the signal.
X Stand closer to the door lock and try to lock/unlock the vehicleagain.
Key battery is low or discharged.
X Unlock the vehicle with the key in the emergency release or lockthe vehicle with emergency locking.
X Replace the key battery.
Key is faulty.To lock:
X Press the locking button and close the door within five seconds.
The vehicle still will not lock.
X Lock driver's door using emergency locking.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
To unlock:
X Unlock vehicle with the key in the emergency release.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Key is lost. X Have the key deactivated or replaced at a qualified specialistworkshop.
X Report loss of the key to vehicle insurer.
Side window will notclose or will not open orclose fully.
Objects are obstructing the window guide.
X Remove objects.
182 Locking and unlocking>>
Pra
ctic
al a
dvi
ce.
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Side window is not reset.
G WARNING
While closing the side windows, body parts in the closing areacould become trapped. There is a risk of injury.
When closing make sure that no parts of the body are in theclosing area. If somebody becomes trapped, release the switchor press the switch to open the side window again.
X Close all doors.X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock.X Pull the switch for closing the window until the window is
closed, and then push the switch for one second.
The side window opens again a little way.
X Repeat previous step until the window remains closed afterreleasing the switch.
Fuel filler flap will notopen.
Fuel filler flap is not unlocked.
X Unlock vehicle.
Key battery is low or discharged.
X Unlock vehicle using the emergency key element in the emer-gency release.
Folding top will notclose.
Folding top is obstructed during closing and reopens againslightly.
X Immediately after it is obstructed, press the top part of thefolding top switch again until the folding roof is fully closed.Folding top is closed with increased force.
C Red warning lampis lit.If the speed exceeds20 km/h, a warningtone also sounds.Colour display: the dis-play shows an opendoor/tailgate.
Door or tailgate is open.
X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.
X Close all doors and the tailgate.
Locking and unlocking 183
>> P
ract
ical
ad
vice
.
Z
Visibility, occupants, airbags
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Exterior mirror is notengaged.
The exterior mirror has been moved forwards or backwards byforce.
X Carefully move exterior mirror to the correct position.
Windscreen wipershave malfunctioned.
Windscreen wipers are obstructed, e.g. by snow.
X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.
X Remove the key from ignition lock.X Remove the cause of the obstruction.X Switch the windscreen wipers on again after 30 seconds.
Windscreen wiper drive is malfunctioning.
X Select another wiper speed on the combination switch.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Windscreen wiper willnot stop or alwayswipes at the samespeed.
Combination switch or rain sensor is malfunctioning.
X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.
X Remove the key from ignition lock.
X Insert the key into the ignition lock, turn to position 1 andstart the engine.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
7 Red warning lamplights up forsix seconds after start-ing the engine (certaincountries only).Warning tone sounds.
Warning lamp prompts driver and front passenger to fasten theirseat belts.
X Fasten seat belts.
7 Red warning lamplights up after startingthe engine.
Driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt.
X Fasten seat belts.
7 Red warning lampflashes.Warning tone sounds.
Driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt and thevehicle is travelling faster than 20 km/h.
X Fasten seat belts.
184 Visibility, occupants, airbags>>
Pra
ctic
al a
dvi
ce.
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
6 Red warning lamplights up while theengine is running.Colour display: Mal‐function Visit work‐shop appears.
Restraint system is malfunctioning.
G WARNING
If the restraint system is malfunctioning, restraint systemcomponents may be triggered unintentionally or may notdeploy as intended during an accident. This may affect the seatbelt tensioner or airbag, for example. This poses an increasedrisk of injury or even fatal injury.
Have the restraint system checked and repaired immediately ata qualified specialist workshop.
4 Indicator lamp onthe overhead controlpanel lights up.
The front-passenger front airbag has been deactivated(Y page 39).
X Activate front-passenger front airbag.
Front-passenger front airbag has not been deactivated and ismalfunctioning.
X Do not use a rearward-facing child restraint system on front-passenger seat.
X Do not allow passengers to travel on the front-passenger seat.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
× Indicator lamp onthe overhead controlpanel lights up.
The front-passenger front airbag is enabled (Y page 39). The air-bag system is operating correctly.
X Do not use a rearward-facing child restraint system on front-passenger seat.
× Indicator lamp onthe overhead controlpanel does not light upif the front-passengerfront airbag has beenactivated manually.
Malfunction in the airbag system.
X Do not allow passengers to travel on the front-passenger seat.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Visibility, occupants, airbags 185
>> P
ract
ical
ad
vice
.
Z
Engine, brakes, transmission
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Engine will not startusing the key.
Steering lock is manually locked.
X Remove the key from the ignition lock and then reinsert it intothe ignition lock.
X Turn the key.X Turn the steering wheel left and right.
Engine will not start.Starter motor cannot beheard.
On-board voltage is too low.
X Switch off electrical consumers that are not required.X Start the engine.
The engine still does not start.
X Jump-start the vehicle.
The engine will not start despite jump-starting.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Starter motor has overheated.
X Let the starter motor cool down for 2 minutes.
X Start the engine.
The engine still does not start.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Engine will not start.Starter motor can beheard.
Engine electronics or fuel delivery system is malfunctioning.
X Switch off the engine.X Start the engine.
Lengthy and frequent starting attempts will drain the battery.The engine will not start after several attempts.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Engine will not start.Starter motor can beheard.The fuel tank gauge isat zero.
Fuel tank is empty.
X Refuel the vehicle.
Engine is not runningsmoothly and is mis-firing.
Malfunction in the engine electronics or a mechanical component.
X Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
186 Engine, brakes, transmission>>
Pra
ctic
al a
dvi
ce.
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Fuel leaking from vehi-cle.
Fuel line or fuel tank is faulty.
G WARNING
Fuel is highly flammable. If you handle fuel incorrectly, there isa risk of fire and explosion.
You must avoid fire, naked flames, creating sparks and smok-ing. Switch off the engine and, if applicable, the auxiliary heat-ing before refuelling.
X Turn the key to position u in the ignition lock and remove it.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
; Yellow warninglamp flashes whiledriving.
Risk of misfiring. Ignition system is malfunctioning.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
; Yellow warninglamp lights up andengine output isreduced.Colour display: Reduced power See Owner's Manualappears.
Engine is running in emergency mode. Ignition system may bemalfunctioning.
X Drive on carefully.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
; Yellow warninglamp lights up whilethe engine is running.
Malfunction in one or more of the following components:REngine managementRExhaust systemRFuel systemRAccelerator pedal sensor
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
8 lights up.Colour display:Low fuel levelappears.
The amount of fuel in the tank has reached the reserve range.
X Refuel as soon as possible.
Engine, brakes, transmission 187
>> P
ract
ical
ad
vice
.
Z
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
? Red warning lamplights up.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: Stop Switch off engineappears.
The coolant level is too low or the air supply to the engine radiatoris restricted. The engine is not being cooled sufficiently and thecoolant temperature exceeds 110 †.
G WARNING
If you open the bonnet while the engine is overheating or whilethere is a fire in the engine compartment, you could come intocontact with hot gases or other leaking service products. Thereis a danger of injury.
Allow an overheating engine to cool down before opening thebonnet. If there is a fire in the engine compartment, leave thebonnet closed and notify the fire brigade.
X Stop the vehicle, paying attention to road and traffic condi-tions, and switch off the engine.
X Leave the vehicle and allow the engine to cool down.X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not
blocked, e.g. by frozen slush.X Check the coolant level and top up if necessary.
The coolant level is sufficient. The electric engine radiator fanhas failed.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
? Red warning lamplights up.Warning tone sounds.Stop Switch off motor appears.
The coolant is too hot.
X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.
X Switch off the engine.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away with the parking brake.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.X Do not tow away the vehicle on its own wheels.
5 Red warning lamplights up while theengine is running.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: Stop Switch off engineappears.
Oil pressure is too low.
! Check the oil level regularly. If there is insufficient oil (oillevel is below the MIN mark), there is a risk of engine failure.
X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.
X Switch off the engine.X Check the engine oil level.X If necessary, top up the engine oil.
188 Engine, brakes, transmission>>
Pra
ctic
al a
dvi
ce.
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
J Red warning lamplights up while theengine is running.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: Check brake fluid levelappears.
Brake fluid level is too low.
G WARNING
If the brake fluid level is too low the brake system may fail.There is a risk of an accident.
Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions.Secure the vehicle by applying the parking brake. Do not driveany further. Consult a qualified specialist workshop immedi-ately and have the brake system repaired.
Do not top up the brake fluid, as this will not rectify the fault.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
J Red warning lamplights up while driv-ing.Warning tone sounds.Colour display:Release parking brake appears.
Parking brake is applied.
X Release the parking brake.
ç Yellow warninglamp lights up whiledriving and when sta-tionary.Colour display: Mal‐function See Own‐er's Manual appears.
The automatic start/stop system is malfunctioning and has beenautomatically switched off.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
ç Yellow warninglamp lights up whenstationary.
Not all conditions for the automatic start/stop system have beenmet.
X Please take note of the conditions for the automatic start/stopsystem.
è Green indicatorlamp flashes duringautomatic engineswitch-off.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: When exiting: remove keyappears.
Automatic start/stop system has automatically switched off theengine, driver's door has been opened or seat belt has beenunfastened.
X Close the driver's door.X Fasten seat belts.X Restart the engine.
When leaving the vehicle:
X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.
X Remove the key from ignition lock.
Engine, brakes, transmission 189
>> P
ract
ical
ad
vice
.
Z
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
è Green indicatorlamp flashes while thevehicle is stationary.
Vehicles with manual transmission: the vehicle is at a standstill.No stop preventers are active. The clutch pedal is fully depressed.The engine is not switched off automatically. The flashing indi-cator lamp is intended to remind you to activate the automaticstart/stop system in order to save fuel.
X Shift into neutral and release clutch pedal slowly.Engine is switched off automatically.
è Green indicatorlamp flashes.Colour display: To start engine: oper‐ate the clutch againappears.
Vehicles with manual transmission: the engine has stalled.
X Depress the clutch pedal fully.X If the engine will not start, release the clutch pedal slowly.X Depress the clutch pedal again.
è Green indicatorlamp flashes.Colour display: To start engine: shift to neutral appears.
Vehicles with manual transmission: the engine has stalled.
X Select neutral.The engine starts.
Monochrome display:i flashes in the mid-dle of the display.Colour display: To start engine: shift to neutral or depress clutchappears when startingthe engine.
Vehicles with manual transmission: gear is selected and the clutchpedal is not fully depressed when starting the engine.
X Depress the clutch pedal fully.
If the engine fails to start despite the clutch pedal being fullydepressed, then the clutch sensor is malfunctioning.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Colour display: To start engine: shift to neutral appearswhen the engine isstarted.
Vehicles with manual transmission: clutch sensor is malfunction-ing.
X Select neutral.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Monochrome display:i flashes in the mid-dle of the display.Colour display: Park‐ing lock malfunc‐tion. To park: apply parking brakeappears when startingthe engine.Warning tone sounds.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: the parking lock is mal-functioning. The vehicle is not secured against rolling away.
X Apply the parking brake to park.
190 Engine, brakes, transmission>>
Pra
ctic
al a
dvi
ce.
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Monochrome display:i or j flash alter-nately in the middle ofthe display.Colour display: To start engine: shift to P or N appears.
An attempt was made to start the engine with the transmission inposition h or k.
X Select j or i to start.
Monochrome display:i or h/k flashalternately in the mid-dle of the display.Colour display: To start engine: shift to N appears.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: engine switches off whilethe vehicle is in motion.
X Select i to start.
Monochrome display:e flashes for15 seconds in the mid-dle of the display.Colour display: To start engine: apply brake appears.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: an attempt was made tostart the engine with the transmission in position i, withoutapplying the brake.
X Depress the brake pedal.
Monochrome display:j or h/k, i flashalternately.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: Risk of vehicle rolling away Transmission not in P appears.Warning tone sounds.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: the driver's door is openand the selector lever is in position k, i or h.
G WARNING
The vehicle may roll away.There is a risk of an accident.
X Select position j.X Switch off the engine.X Close the driver's door completely.
Monochrome display:S lights up.Colour display: Elec‐tronics malfunction Visit workshopappears.
Vehicles with manual transmission: electronics are malfunction-ing.The system deactivates the automatic start/stop system andcruise control.
X Depress clutch pedal fully to start the engine.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
S lights up.Colour display: Trans‐mission malfunction Visit workshopappears.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: automatic transmission ismalfunctioning.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Engine, brakes, transmission 191
>> P
ract
ical
ad
vice
.
Z
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
S flashes alter-nately with the currenttransmission positionj/h/k/i.Colour display: Clutch protection active See Owner's Manualappears.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: other pulling away proce-dures result in the clutch overheating.
X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.
X Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away.X Wait until the automatic transmission has cooled down and the
display message does not reappear after acknowledging it.
S flashes alter-nately with the currenttransmission positionj/h/k/i.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: Trans‐mission overheated See Owner's Manualappears.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: the automatic transmis-sion clutch has overheated. You will feel the clutch pedal pulsate.
X Avoid pulling away or crawling manoeuvres.If the display message disappears, automatic transmission isavailable again.
Vehicles with auto-matic transmission:has faulty gear shifts.
Transmission is losing oil.
X Have the transmission checked immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.
Vehicles with auto-matic transmission:acceleration charac-teristics are deterio-rating.Transmission no lon-ger shifts into all of thegears.Reverse gear can nolonger be selected.
Transmission is in emergency mode.
X Stop.X Shift the transmission to position j.X Switch off the engine.X Wait at least ten seconds.X Start the engine.X Shift the transmission to position h.X Have the transmission checked immediately at a qualified spe-
cialist workshop.
BRABUS 80 kW: RACESTART is not working.
The automatic transmission clutch has overheated. Clutch pro-tection is active.
X Wait until the automatic transmission has cooled down.
¯ or ° warninglamp flashes for a fewseconds after startingthe engine.Colour display: Next service due in … kmor Service due … days ago appears.
A service due date is approaching or has already passed:R¯ indicates a minor service.R° indicates a full service.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
192 Engine, brakes, transmission>>
Pra
ctic
al a
dvi
ce.
Driving safety systems
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
! Yellow warninglamp lights up.Colour display: System inoperative appears.
ABS is malfunctioning. Other driving systems may be deactiva-ted.If ABS is faulty, there is also a possibility that other driving sys-tems may be unavailable.Observe the information on the ABS warning lamp and displaymessages which may be shown in the instrument cluster.
G WARNING
If ABS is faulty, the wheels could lock when braking. The steer-ability and braking characteristics may be severely impaired.Additionally, further driving safety systems are deactivated.There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents.
Drive on carefully. Have ABS checked immediately at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.
X Drive on carefully.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
J Red warning lamplights up while theengine is running.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: Brake force distribution inoperative. Stop See Owner's Manualappears.
EBD is malfunctioning. This means that ABS, ESP®, CrosswindAssist and Hill start assist are also unavailable.Other driving systems may be deactivated.
G WARNING
The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock early ifyou brake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severelyaffected. The braking distance may increase in emergency brak-ing situations.
If ESP® is not operational, the vehicle will not be stabilised byESP®.The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.
X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.
X Secure the vehicle against rolling away.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Driving safety systems 193
>> P
ract
ical
ad
vice
.
Z
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
÷ Monochrome dis-play: yellow warninglamp lights up whilethe engine is running.÷ Colour display:Yellow warning lamplights up.System inoperativeappears.
ESP® is not available due to a malfunction. Other driving systemsmay be deactivated.
G WARNING
If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® is unable to stabilise the vehi-cle. In addition, other driving safety systems are switched off.This increases the risk of skidding and an accident.
Drive on carefully. Have ESP® checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.
Brake lamps may be inoperative and thus no longer working whenbraking.
X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions. Do not drive on.
X Check that the brake lamps are working.
The brake lamps are not working.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Brake lamps are working.
X Drive on carefully.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
÷ Colour display:Yellow warning lamplights up.Brake Assist System (BAS) inoperativeappears.
The Brake Assist System (BAS) is inoperative.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
÷ Yellow warninglamp flashes whiledriving.
ESP® is intervening because there is a risk of skidding or at leastone of the wheels is spinning.
X Pull away carefully.X Accelerate carefully whilst driving.X Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather condi-
tions.
÷ and C andother warning lampsare lit.Colour display: Elec‐tronics malfunction Visit workshopappears.
Central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning.After switching off the engine, it is no longer possible to lock orunlock the doors using the remote control on the key or to start theengine.
X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
194 Driving safety systems>>
Pra
ctic
al a
dvi
ce.
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Colour display: ÷Hill start assist inoperative appears.
Hill start assist is malfunctioning. Vehicle will not be held auto-matically when pulling away uphill and may start rolling imme-diately.
G WARNING
If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® is unable to stabilise the vehi-cle. In addition, other driving safety systems are switched off.This increases the risk of skidding and an accident.
Drive on carefully. Have ESP® checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.
Other driving systems may be deactivated.
The brake system functions normally, but without hill startassist.
X Drive on carefully.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
h Yellow warninglamp lights up whiledriving.Colour display: Cor‐rect tyre pressureappears.
The tyre pressure is too low in at least one of the tyres, or the tyrepressure difference between the wheels is too great.
X Check tyre pressure.X Correct the tyre pressure.X Restart tyre pressure monitor.
Driving safety systems 195
>> P
ract
ical
ad
vice
.
Z
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
h Yellow warninglamp lights up whiledriving.Colour display: Tyre pressure Caution tyre malfunctionappears.
The tyre pressure monitor has detected a significant loss of pres-sure in at least one of the tyres.
G WARNING
Underinflated or overinflated tyres pose the following risks:
Rthe tyres may burst, especially as the load and vehicle speedincrease.
Rthe tyres may wear excessively and/or unevenly, which maygreatly impair tyre traction.
Rthe driving characteristics, as well as steering and braking,may be greatly impaired.
There is a risk of an accident.
Observe the recommended tyre pressure and check the tyrepressure of all the tyres:
Rat least every two weeks
Rwhen the load changes
Rbefore embarking on a longer journey
Rfor changed operating conditions, e.g. off-road driving
If necessary, correct the tyre pressure.
X Secure the vehicle against rolling away.X Check tyres visually and, if necessary, follow the instructions
for flat tyres.X Check the tyre pressure and correct it if necessary.
h Yellow warninglamp flashes forapproximately oneminute and then stayslit.Colour display: Tyre pressure monitor inoperative appears.
The tyre pressure monitor is malfunctioning or was not restartedafter a wheel change.
G WARNING
If you correct the tyre pressure without recalibrating the RunFlat Indicator, the system cannot issue a warning about adefective tyre in time. In the event of tyre pressure loss, thedriving characteristics and the steering and braking may begreatly impaired. There is a risk of an accident.
If you correct the tyre pressure, you must recalibrate the RunFlat Indicator.
X Restart tyre pressure monitor.
The display message continues to be displayed.
X Drive on carefully.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
196 Driving safety systems>>
Pra
ctic
al a
dvi
ce.
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
h Yellow warninglamp flashes forapproximately60 seconds and thenremains lit.Colour display: Tyre pressure monitor inoperative wheel sensors missingappears.
There is no signal from the tyre pressure sensor of one or morewheels.
G WARNING
Risk of accident due to undetected tyre pressure losses. The sys-tem is possibly unable to recognise or register low tyre pressure.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Wheels have unsuitable tyre pressure sensors.
X Fit wheels with suitable tyre pressure sensors.
J Red warning lampis lit.÷, ! Yellowwarning lamps light upwhile the engine isrunning.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: Elec‐tronics malfunction Stop See Owner's Manual appears.
The following systems are malfunctioning:
RABS (anti-lock braking system)RESP® (Electronic Stability Program)RCrosswind AssistRHill start assistFurther driving systems could be switched off automatically.
G WARNING
The risk of skidding and having an accident increases due tomalfunctioning driving safety systems.The brake system functions normally, but without the systemslisted. The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard,for example.This will greatly impair the ability to steer and brake. The brak-ing distance may increase in emergency braking situations.
X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Driving safety systems 197
>> P
ract
ical
ad
vice
.
Z
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Monochrome display:D Yellow warninglamp lights up whilethe engine is running.
Power assistance may be malfunctioning, making steering diffi-cult.
G WARNING
You will need to use more force to steer.There is a risk of an accident.
X Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required.
If you are able to steer safely:
X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
If you are unable to steer safely:
X Do not drive on.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
D Yellow warninglamp lights up whilethe engine is running.Colour display: Steer‐ing malfunction See Owner's ManualorElectronics mal‐function See Own‐er's Manual appears.
Power assistance may be malfunctioning, making steering diffi-cult.
G WARNING
You will need to use more force to steer.There is a risk of an accident.
X Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required.
If you are able to steer safely:
X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
If you are unable to steer safely:
X Do not drive on.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Driver assistance systems
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
· Red warning lampis lit.Warning tone sounds.
Vehicles with forward collision warning: forward collision warn-ing detects obstacles on the road.Vehicles with Active Brake Assist: collision warning detectsobstacles on the road.
X Pay careful attention to the road and traffic conditions and beready to brake.
· Red warning lampis lit.
Distance to the vehicle in front is too short for the current speed.
X Increase the distance.
198 Driver assistance systems>>
Pra
ctic
al a
dvi
ce.
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
^ Yellow warninglamp lights up whiledriving.Colour display: Dis‐tance warning inop‐erative or Electron‐ics malfunction Visit workshopappears.
The sensors in the radiator trim are dirty.
X Clean the sensors.
Environmental influences or error sources outside the system aretemporarily interfering with the forward collision warning. Pos-sible causes:
Rheavy rain or snowRoperating temperature is too highRon-board voltage is too lowForward collision warning is operational again when the causeslisted no longer apply.
Warning lamp remains lit.
X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.
X Clean the sensors.X Restart the engine.
Warning lamp still remains lit.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
^ Yellow warninglamp lights up whiledriving.Colour display: Active Brake Assist inoper‐ative or Electronics malfunction Visit workshop appears.
The sensors in the radiator trim are dirty.
X Clean the sensors.
Environmental influences or error sources outside the system aretemporarily interfering with Active Brake Assist and radar-basedrecuperation. Possible causes:
Rheavy rain or snowRoperating temperature is too highRon-board voltage is too lowActive Brake Assist is automatically operational again when thecauses listed no longer apply.
Warning lamp remains lit.
X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.
X Clean the sensors.X Restart the engine.
Warning lamp still remains lit.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
^ and C as wellas other warning lampsare lit.
Central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning.After switching off the engine, it is no longer possible to lock orunlock the doors using the remote control on the key or to start theengine.
X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Driver assistance systems 199
>> P
ract
ical
ad
vice
.
Z
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
à flashes forapproximately3 seconds.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: Lane Keeping Assist inop‐erative appears.
Windscreen is dirty in the camera's field of vision.
X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.
X Clean the windscreen.
Environmental influences are interfering with Lane KeepingAssist. Possible causes:
Rheavy rain or snow or thick fog is impairing visibilityRthe sun is low in the sky and shining directly onto the sensorRlane markings cannot be detectedLane Keeping Assist is automatically operational again when thecauses listed no longer apply.If the windscreen is clean and the causes listed do not apply, thenthe electronics are malfunctioning.
System electronics are faulty.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
¤ flashes for a max-imum of 5 seconds.Colour display: Ãgreen warning lampflashes for a maximumof 5 seconds.Warning tone sounds.
A lane boundary marking was crossed without using the turnsignal.
X Stay inside the lane boundary markings.X Use indicator before changing lanes.
¯ flashes forapproximately10 seconds.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: ¯Cruise control inop‐erative appears.
Cruise control is malfunctioning and deactivates automatically.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
¯ flashes forapproximately10 seconds. C andother warning lampsare also lit.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: Elec‐tronics malfunction Visit workshopappears.
Central vehicle electronics system and cruise control are mal-functioning. After switching off the engine, it is no longer pos-sible to lock or unlock the doors using the remote control on thekey or to start the engine.
X Pull over and stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention toroad and traffic conditions.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
È lights up.Speed display flashes.Warning tone sounds.
Vehicle is exceeding the set limit speed.
X Brake the vehicle, paying attention to road and traffic condi-tions.
200 Driver assistance systems>>
Pra
ctic
al a
dvi
ce.
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
È flashes forapproximately10 seconds.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: Lim‐iter inoperativeappears.
Speed limiter is malfunctioning and deactivates automatically.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Ò Warning lampflashes for a minute orlights up continuously.Colour display: Black ice warning appears.
The outside temperature has fallen to or below 3 °C. There is a riskof black ice.
X Adapt your driving style and speed to suit the weather condi-tions.
Battery, lights, heating
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Rear window heatingor seat heatingswitches off automati-cally or cannot beswitched on.
Battery is not sufficiently charged.
X Switch off electrical consumers that are not required.
# Red warning lamplights up when thevehicle is ready tostart.Warning tone sounds.Colour display: Stop See Owner's Manualappears.
Possible causes:
RAlternator is faulty.RBattery is faulty.RV-belt is torn.RElectronics are malfunctioning.
X Do not drive on.X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road and
traffic conditions.X Switch off the engine.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Colour display: #Warning lamp lightsup.Malfunction Visit workshop appears.
Battery monitoring is malfunctioning.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Monochrome display: b Warning lamplights up.
Dipped beam is on continuously. Main beam cannot be activated.
X Switch off the engine.X Start the engine.
Battery, lights, heating 201
>> P
ract
ical
ad
vice
.
Z
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Warning lamp remains lit.Brake lamps are inoperative. The bulb or LED is faulty.
G WARNING
Risk of accident due to faulty brake lamps.The brake lamps are faulty and no longer alert other road userswhen braking.
X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Warning lamp still remains lit.Rain/light sensor is malfunctioning.
X Manually adjust exterior lighting.X Manually adjust windscreen wipers.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Colour display: bWarning lamp lightsup.Malfunction See Own‐er's Manual appears.
Dipped beam is on continuously. Main beam cannot be activated.
X Switch off the engine.X Restart the engine.
Warning lamp remains lit.Rain/light sensor is malfunctioning.
X Manually adjust exterior lighting.X Manually adjust windscreen wipers.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Colour display: bWarning lamp lightsup.Brake lamps inoper‐ative appears.
Brake lamps are inoperative. The bulb or LED is faulty.
G WARNING
Risk of accident due to faulty brake lamps.The brake lamps are faulty and no longer alert other road userswhen braking.
X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Colour display: Switch off lights appears.Warning tone sounds.
Lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle.
X Turn control knob for the lights to à or u.
202 Battery, lights, heating>>
Pra
ctic
al a
dvi
ce.
smart Audio-System and smart Media-System
Bluetooth® connection
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Bluetooth® connectioncannot be establishedbetween the smartAudio-System or smartMedia-System andmobile phone.
X Ascertain whether the mobile phone is compatible with thesystem. Information about compatible mobile phones:www.smart.com/connect
X Check the security settings on your mobile phone.X Check that the Bluetooth® function is enabled on the smart
Audio-System or smart Media-system and on your mobilephone.
X Start the device search on the smart Audio-System or smartMedia-System and on the mobile phone.
The navigation system in the smart Media-System
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
No map is displayed inthe navigation system.
The SD card with the map data is missing or damaged.
X Check to see that the SD card is inserted.
Position of the vehiclein the navigation sys-tem does not match thevehicle's actual posi-tion.GPS symbol on the dis-play is grey or yellow.
GPS reception is poor.
X Drive the vehicle to another position where GPS reception isbetter.
The road's course in thenavigation system nolonger coincides withthe actual road.
The map data is out of date.
X Update the map data.
Navigation systemdoes not display anytraffic information.
Route guidance has not been started.
X Select a destination and start navigation.
HD Traffic is not available or the subscription for HD Traffic hasexpired.
X Check whether HD Traffic is available for the country you are inor upgrade the subscription for HD Traffic.
There are no naviga-tion messages duringroute guidance.
The road's course is not detected. The map data may be out of date.
X Check if route guidance has started.X If not, select a destination and start navigation.
Navigation messages are switched off.
X Switch on navigation messages.
smart Audio-System and smart Media-System 203
>> P
ract
ical
ad
vice
.
Z
Voice control system in the smart Media-System
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
The voice control sys-tem does not under-stand voice commands.
Interval for entering voice commands has been exceeded.
X Press the button on the multifunction steering wheel.
Voice commands have not been given from the driver's seat.
X Issue voice commands from the driver's seat.
Noise from the blower or wind noise are interfering with voicecommands.
X Avoid interfering noises.
Voice commands have not been given clearly.
X Say voice commands clearly.
Voice command is unknown.
X Say the command “Help”.A list of possible voice commands appears.
204 smart Audio-System and smart Media-System>>
Pra
ctic
al a
dvi
ce.
Obtaining technical data
Information on technical data:www.smart.deThe technical data was determined inaccordance with EC Directives. All dataapplies to the vehicle's standard equipment.Differences will be present in the case ofvehicles with optional equipment. Furtherinformation is available from any smartCentre.
Reading vehicle data
Useful information
RThe heights and lengths specified vary asa result of:- Tyres- Load- Condition of the suspension- Optional equipmentROptional equipment reduces the maximum
payload.RVehicle-specific weight information can
be found on the vehicle identificationplate.ROnly for certain countries: you can find
vehicle-specific vehicle data in the COCdocuments (EU CERTIFICATE OF CONFORM-ITY). These documents are delivered withyour vehicle.
Vehicle identification plate
: Vehicle identification plate position
: Vehicle identification plate; Vehicle manufacturer= EU type approval number? Vehicle identification number (VIN)A Maximum permissible gross vehicle
weightB Maximum permissible gross vehicle
weight of the vehicle combinationC Maximum permissible front axle loadD Maximum permissible rear axle loadE Paint code
i The data shown on the vehicle identifi-cation plate is example data. This data isdifferent for every vehicle and can deviatefrom the data shown here. The data appli-cable to the vehicle is found on the vehi-cle's identification plate.
Dimensions and weights
Missing technical data was not available atthe time of publication.
Reading vehicle data 205
>> T
ech
nic
al d
ata.
smart forfour Dimensions,weights andvolumes
Opening height : 2012 mm
Vehicle length 3495 mm
Vehicle width includingexterior mirrors
1875 mm
Vehicle width excludingexterior mirrors
1665 mm
Vehicle width excludingexterior mirrors forvehicles equipped withwheel trims
Vehicle height 1554 mm
Wheelbase 2494 mm
Maximum ground clear-ance
108 mm
Permissible roof load 0 kg
Tank capacity Total: 28.0 lof whichreserve fuel:5.0 l
smart forfour 80 kW BRA-BUS
Dimensions,weights andvolumes
Opening height :
Vehicle length 3525 mm
Vehicle width includingexterior mirrors
1875 mm
Vehicle width excludingexterior mirrors
1665 mm
Vehicle width excludingexterior mirrors forvehicles equipped withwheel trims
Vehicle height
Wheelbase 2494 mm
Maximum ground clear-ance
smart forfour 80 kW BRA-BUS
Dimensions,weights andvolumes
Permissible roof load
Tank capacity Total: 35.0 lof whichreserve fuel:5.0 l
Service products
The following table lists all technical datafor the service products of the vehicle. Fur-ther information on service products: http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com and in any smartcentre.
Service prod-ucts
Specifications
Fuel(Y page 78)
Unleaded petrol, with atleast 95 RON that conformsto the European standardEN 228, as an alternative:unleaded petrol with91 RON/82 MONBRABUS 80kW: unleadedsuper grade petrol, with atleast 98 RON/88 MON thatconforms to the Europeanstandard EN 228, as analternative: unleaded pet-rol with 95 RON/85 MON
Engine oil(Y page 149)
MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval: 226.5, 229.3,229.5
206 Service products>>
Tec
hn
ical
dat
a.
Service prod-ucts
Specifications
Corrosioninhibitor/antifreeze(Y page 150)
Recommended: G40
Windscreenwasher fluid(Y page 150)
Temperatures abovefreezing point: mixingratio of 1:100MB SummerFit to waterTemperatures belowfreezing point: for the cor-rect mixing ratio ofMB WinterFit and water,please observe the infor-mation on the antifreezecontainer.
Bulb types
The following table lists the correct bulbtypes of the vehicle:
Bulb Type
Dipped-beam/main-beamheadlamps
H4 60/55 W
Front foglamps H 16
Bulb Type
Turn signals PY 21 W
Side turn signal lamps WY 5 W
Licence plate lighting W 5 W
Interior lighting W 5 W
Tail lamps
Bulb Type
Tail lamp and brake lamp P21 5 W
Rear foglamp P21 W
Reversing lamp W 16 W
Turn signals PY 21 W
Fuse allocation
Fuse allocation 207
>> T
ech
nic
al d
ata.
No. Consumer Current Colour cod-ing
1 Starter motor 5 A Brown
2 Power steering control unit 5 A Brown
3 Multifunction lever 5 A Brown
4 Airbag 5 A Brown
5 Transmission control unit 25 A Cyan
6 Instrument cluster 10 A Red
7 Horn, alarm system 15 A Blue
8 Power supply control unit 10 A Red
9 Power supply control unit 10 A Red
10 Central control unit 20 A Yellow
11 Central control unit 15 A Blue
12 Central control unit 10 A Red
13 Central control unit 15 A Blue
14 Power windows (automatic reversing feature) 30 A Green
15 ESP®, transmission control unit 5 A Brown
16 Interior lighting 10 A Red
17 Immobiliser 3 A Violet
18 Electrical exterior mirror 5 A Brown
19 Brake lamps 10 A Red
20 Cruise control, radio, belt warning 15 A Blue
21 Not smart electric drive: central control unit, fuelpump, injection
15 A Blue
22 Rear window wiper 15 A Blue
23 smart electric drive only: power supply controlunit
40 A Orange
24 ‑ ‑ ‑
25 Power supply control unit 30 A Green
26 Radio 20 A Yellow
27 Daytime driving lamps 5 A Brown
28 12 V socket, cigarette lighter 15 A Blue
29 Power supply control unit 5 A Brown
30 Forward collision warning 15 A Blue
208 Fuse allocation>>
Tec
hn
ical
dat
a.
No. Consumer Current Colour cod-ing
31 Rear fog lamps ‑ ‑
32 Radio, central control unit 15 A Blue
33 Tail lamps, front foglamps, hazard warning lampbutton, locking button, headlamp range control,power windows, licence plate lighting, radio,control unit for heating or climate control system,cruise control, limiter, parking aid button, pro-gram selector button, tailgate release, Lane Keep-ing Assist camera, automatic start/stop systembutton
25 A Cyan
34 Power supply control unit 25 A Cyan
35 Headlamps, daytime driving lamps 25 A Cyan
36 Left-hand dipped beam, central control unit 10 A Red
37 Right-hand dipped beam 10 A Red
38 Left-hand dipped beam, central control unit 10 A Red
39 - 42 ‑ ‑ ‑
43 Exterior mirror heating 5 A Brown
44 Automatic reversing feature 25 A Cyan
45 Power supply control unit 25 A Cyan
46 Radio amplifier 20 A Yellow
47 - 49 ‑ ‑ ‑
Radio type approvals for the tyre pres-sure monitors
Country Radio type approval number
Argen-tina
MW2433AH-12337GG4H-12338
Brazil 2770-12-8001Model: MW2433A0381-13-8001Model: GG4
Country Radio type approval number
AbuDhabiDubai
TRA, Registered-NOER0092100/12TRA, Registered-NOER0099792/12TRA, Registered-NOER0076990/11Dealer-NO: DA0047074/10
Radio type approvals for the tyre pressure monitors 209
>> T
ech
nic
al d
ata.
Country Radio type approval number
Jordan Model: Gen Alpha Wal 2 TPMStransmitterType Approval Number:TRC/LPD/2012/114Model: Gen Gamma Gen4 433.92 MHz.Type Approval Number:TRC/LPD/2012/190Model: Corax 3 MRXMC34MA4Type Approval Number:TRC/LPD/2011/158Type Number: LPD
Morocco MR7319 ANRT 2012/ 11/07/2012MR7672 ANRT 2012/ 23/11/2012MR6706 ANRT 2011
Moldova 1024
Philip-pines
No: ESD-1206394CNo: ESD-1306871C
Serbia И 011 12
Singa-pore
Compliance with IDA StandardDA- 103365
SouthAfrica
TA-2012/719TA-2012/1540TA-2011/1370
Installing two-way radios and mobilephones
G WARNING
The electromagnetic radiation from two-way radios can interfere with the vehicleelectronics if they are manipulated or ret-rofitted incorrectly. This could jeopardisethe operating safety of the vehicle. There isa risk of an accident.
You should have all work on electrical andelectronic components carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.
G WARNING
If you operate two-way radios incorrectlyin the vehicle, their electromagnetic radi-ation can interfere with the vehicle elec-tronics, for example if:
Rthe two-way radio is not connected to anexterior aerial
Rthe exterior aerial is not correctly moun-ted or is not low-reflection
This could jeopardise the operating safetyof the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.
Have the low-reflection exterior aerial fit-ted at a qualified specialist workshop.When operating two-way radios in thevehicle, always connect them to the low-reflection exterior aerial.
! Only have work carried out on the engineelectronics and its associated parts, suchas control units, sensors, actuating com-ponents and connector leads, at a qualifiedspecialist workshop. Vehicle componentsmay otherwise wear more quickly and thevehicle's operating permit may be invali-dated.
! The operating permit may be invalidatedif the instructions for installation and useof two-way radios are not observed.In particular, the following conditionsmust be complied with:
Ronly approved wavebands may be usedRobserve the maximum permissible out-
put in these wavebandsRonly approved aerial positions may be
used
Excessive levels of electromagnetic radia-tion can cause damage to health. The use ofan exterior aerial takes into considerationthe scientific discussion surrounding thepossible health risk posed by electromag-netic fields.The following aerial positions may be usedfor the correct installation of two-wayradios:
210 Installing two-way radios and mobile phones>>
Tec
hn
ical
dat
a.
: Front roof area; Rear roof area
i On vehicles with a folding top, fitting anaerial to the front roof area is not permit-ted.
Use Technical Specification ISO/TS 21609(Road Vehicles – EMC guidelines for instal-lation of aftermarket radio frequency trans-mitting equipment) when retrofitting two-way radios. Comply with the legal require-ments for add-on parts.If your vehicle has fittings for two-way radioequipment, use the power supply and aerialconnections intended for use in the basicwiring. Be sure to observe the manufacturer'sadditional instructions during installation.Deviations with respect to wavebands, max-imum transmission outputs or aerial posi-tions must be approved by smart.The maximum transmission output (PEAK) atthe base of the aerial must not exceed thefollowing values:
Waveband Maximum transmission
output
Tetra380 - 410 MHz
20 W
Mobile communicationsgeneration 2G/3G/4G
6 W
The following can be used in the vehiclewithout restrictions:
RTwo-way radios with a maximum trans-mission output of up to 100 mWRMobile phones (2G/3G/4G)
There are no restrictions when positioningthe aerial on the outside of the vehicle for thefollowing wavebands:
RTetraRMobile communications (2G/3G/4G)
Installing two-way radios and mobile phones 211
>> T
ech
nic
al d
ata.
Z
212
Publication details
Internet
Further information about smart vehiclesand about Daimler AG can be found on thefollowing websites:http://www.smart.comhttp://www.daimler.com
Editorial office
You are welcome to forward any queries orsuggestions you may have regarding thisOwner's Manual to the technical documen-tation team at the following address:Daimler AG, HPC: CAC, Customer Service,70546 Stuttgart, Germany©Daimler AG: not to be reprinted, translatedor otherwise reproduced, in whole or in part,without written permission from Daimler AG.
Vehicle manufacturer
Daimler AGMercedesstraße 13770327 StuttgartGermany
Symbols in the Owner's ManualThe following symbols are used in this Own-er's Manual:
G WARNING
Warning notes make you aware of dangerswhich could pose a threat to your health orlife, or to the health and life of others.
H Environmental note
Environmental notes provide you withinformation on environmentally awareactions or disposal.
! Notes on material damage alert you todangers that could lead to damage to yourvehicle.
i These symbols indicate useful instruc-tions or further information that could behelpful to you.
X Instructions that must be followed.
X Several consecutive symbols indicate aninstruction with several consecutive steps.
(Y page) Further information on a topic
YY A warning or an instruction that is con-tinued on the next page.Display text: Display text in the instru-ment cluster display, the smart Audio-Sys-tem or the smart Media-System.
As at 20.01.2017
>> Owner's Manualsmart forfour
É4535843309}ËÍ
4535
8433
09
Ord
er n
o. 6
522
0220
02
Part
no.
453
584
33
09Ed
itio
n Ä
J201
7-1a
www.smart.com smart - A Daimler brand
É999103050RÆËÍ9 9 9 1 0 3 0 5 0 R
20
smar
t fo
rfou
r O
wn
er's
Man
ual
